Sri

SAI RAM
INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
An Autonomous Institution
West Tambaram, Chennai - 44
www.sairamit.edu.in

Approved by AICTE, New Delhi NATIONAL ASSESSMENT AND

ACCREDITATION COUNCIL
ISO 9001 : 2015

Afliated to Anna University

NATIONAL
INSTITUTIONAL
RANKING
FRAMEWORK
ACCREDITED

DEPARTMENT OF
COMPUTER & COMMUNICATION
ENGINEERING

AUTONOMOUS
REGULATIONS CURRICULUM AND
2020
SYLLABUS
Academic Year 2020-21 onwards I - VIII
SEMESTERS
 Curriculum CCE

SRI SAIRAM INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

VISION
To be identified as a “Centre of Excellence” with high standards of Knowledge Dissemination and
Research opportunities and to transform the students to imbibe qualities of technical expertise of
international standards and high levels of ethical values, who in turn shall contribute to the
advancement of society and human kind.

MISSION
We shall dedicate and commit ourselves to attain and maintain excellence in Technical Education
through commitment and continuous improvement of infrastructure and equipment and provide an
inspiring environment for Learning, Research and Innovation for our students to transform them into
complete human beings with ethical and social values.

QUALITY POLICY
We at Sri Sai Ram Institute of Technology are committed to build a better nation through Quality
Education with team spirit. Our students are enabled to excel in all values of Life and become Good
Citizens. We continually improve the System, Infrastructure and Services to satisfy the Students,
Parents, Industry and Society.

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

VISION
To produce globally competent and socially responsible engineers who can address the engineering
challenges and excel at an international level, in the advancement of Computer and Communication
Engineering through research and academia.

MISSION

M1 To provide a good environment with latest technological infrastructure facilities, teaching-

learning ambience and interaction with industry in the area of Computer and Communication
Engineering .

M2 To inculcate graduates with high social responsibility, right attitude, discipline and an inclination
towards offering their professional expertise in serving the society.
 Curriculum CCE
AUTONOMOUS CURRICULA AND SYLLABI
Regulations 2020
SEMESTER I
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY
1 20BSMA101 Engineering Mathematics-I 3 1 0 4 4
2 20HSEN101 Technical English-I 3 0 0 3 3
3 20BSPH101 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3 3
4 20BSCY101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3 3
5 20ESCS101 Problem solving and Programming in C 3 0 0 3 3
6 20ESGE101 Engineering Graphics 1 2 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
7 20BSPL101 Physics and Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20ESPL101 Programming in C Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
VALUE ADDITIONS - I
9 20TPHS101 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
10 20HSMG101 Personal Values 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 29 23

SEMESTER II
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20BSMA201 Engineering Mathematics -II 3 1 0 4 4

2 20HSEN201 Technical English - II 3 0 0 3 3
3 20ESIT201 Python Programming with lab 3 0 2 5 4
4 20BSPH201 Physics of Electronic Devices 3 0 0 3 3
4 20BSCY201 Environmental Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
6 20ESGE201 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
7 20ECPL201 Circuits and Devices Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20ECTE201 PCB Design 0 0 2 2 1
VALUE ADDITIONS - II
9 20TPHS201 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
10 20HSMG201 Interpersonal Values 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 30 22
i
 Curriculum CCE

SEMESTER III
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20ITPC301 Data Structures 3 0 0 3 3

2 20CCPC 301 Digital logics and system design 3 0 0 3 3
3 20ECPC303 Signals and Systems 3 1 0 4 4
4 20ITPC303 Computer Organization &Architecture 3 0 0 3 3
5 20BSMA301 Linear Algebra, PDE and Transforms 3 1 0 4 4
PRACTICAL
6 20ITPL301 Data Structures Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
7 20CCPL301 Digital Circuits Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20CCTE301 Live-in-Lab - 1 0 0 2 2 1
VALUE ADDITIONS - III
9 20CCTP301 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
10 20MGMC301 Constitution of India 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 29 22

SEMESTER IV
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20CCPC401 Analog and Digital Communication 3 0 0 3 3

2 20CSPC402 Data Base Management system 3 0 0 3 3
3 20CCPW401 Operating Systems with Lab 3 0 2 5 4
4 20ECPC302 Electromagnetic Fields and Waveguides 3 1 0 4 4
5 20BSMA401 Probability Theory & Stochastic Processes 3 1 0 4 4
PRACTICAL
6 20CCPL401 Communication System Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
7 20CSPL402 Database Management
Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20CCTE401 Live-in-Lab -II 0 0 2 2 1

VALUE ADDITIONS - IV
9 20CCTP401 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
TOTAL 29 23

ii
 Curriculum CCE

SEMESTER V
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20CSPC301 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 0 3 3

2 20ECPC402 Microcontrollers & Embedded systems 3 0 0 3 3
3 20CSPW401 Computer Networks (with Lab) 3 0 0 3 3
4 20XXELXXX Professional Elective-1 3 0 0 3 3
5 20XXOEXXX Open Elective-1 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
6 20ECPL401 Microcontrollers & Embedded Systems
Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
7 20CSPL301 Object Oriented Programming Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20CCTE501 Live-in-Lab III 0 0 4 4 2
VALUE ADDITIONS - V
9 20CCTP501 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
TOTAL 29 22

SEMESTER VI
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20ECPW501 Discrete Time Signal Processing (with Lab) 3 0 2 5 4

2 20CSPC403 Object oriented Software Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
3 20CSPC601 Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3 3
4 20CCPW601 Wireless Communication & Computing
with Laboratory 3 0 2 5 4
5 20XXELXXX Professional Elective-2 3 0 0 3 3
6 20XXOEXXX Open Elective-2 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
7 20HSPL501 Communication and Soft Skills Lab 0 0 2 2 1
8 20CSPL601 Artificial Intelligence laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
9 20CCPJ601 Innovative Design Project 0 0 2 2 1
VALUE ADDITIONS - VI
10 20CCTP601 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1

TOTAL 31 23.5

iii
 Curriculum CCE

SEMESTER VII
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20CCPW701 Cryptography &Network security

with Laboratory 3 0 2 5 4
2 20CSPC603 Big Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 3
3 20ITPC601 Cloud computing and Virtualization 3 0 0 3 3
4 20CCPC601 Mobile Communication 3 0 0 3 3
5 20XXELXXX Professional Elective-3 3 0 0 3 3
6 20HSMG601 Principles of Engineering Management 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
7 20CCPL701 Big Data Analytics Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20CCPJ701 Project Phase -1 0 0 4 4 2
VALUE ADDITIONS - VII
9 20CCTP701 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1

TOTAL 29 23.5

SEMESTER VIII
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20XXELXXX Professional Elective - 4 3 0 0 3 3

PRACTICAL
2 20CCPJ801 Project Phase - II 0 0 8 8 4
TOTAL 11 7

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION

Category BS ES HS EL PC+PL PW OE TE PJ TP IS MC TOTAL

Credit 29.5 13 10 12 57.5 20 6 5 7 7 3 Y 170

Percentage 17.3 7.6 5.8 7.0 33.8 11.7 3.5 2.9 4.1 4.1 1.7 -

*IS-Internship

iv
 Curriculum CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS

Web
1 20CSPC501 Internet Programming 3 0 0 3 3 Development

2 20CSEL501 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 3 0 0 3 3 Data Mining

3 20CCEL503 Embedded Real Time Systems 3 3 0 0 3 Embedded

4 20CCEL504 System on chip Architecture 3 0 0 3 3 Embedded

5 20MGEL505 Foundation skills in Integrated Product

product Development 3 0 0 3 3 Development
Software
6 20CSEL607 Agile Methodologies 3 0 0 3 3 Engineering
Natural Language
7 20CCEL507 Computational Linguistics 3 3 0 0 3 Processing
8 20CCEL508 Distributed Database 3 3 0 0 3 Data Base
Image
9 20ECEL709 Digital image processing 3 3 0 0 3 Processing
10 20CCEL510 Sensor Networks and IOT 3 3 0 0 3 Wireless
Network

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS

1 20CCEL601 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 3 Wireless

2 20ECEL701 Cognitive Radio 3 0 0 3 3 Wireless

3 20CCEL602 Networking Engineering

and Management 3 0 0 3 3 Network

4 20ECEL502 Industrial IOT 3 0 0 3 3 IoT

5 20CSEL704 Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3 3 NLP

6 20MGEL601 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3 3 Management

7 20CCEL603 Advanced Data Structures & Algorithms 3 0 0 3 3 Data Structure

Software
8 20ITEL608 Software Testing 3 0 0 3 3 Engineering
Data
9 20CCEL604 Infometrics 3 0 0 3 3 Mining
10 20CSEL702 Software Defined Networks 3 0 0 3 3 Network

v
 Curriculum CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS

Sensor
1 20CCEL701 Adhoc Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 3 Networks
User
2 20CCEL702 Human Computer Interaction 3 0 0 3 3 Interface
3 20CCEL703 Quantum Computing 3 0 0 3 3 Cloud

4 20ECPC702 Optical Communication 3 0 0 3 3 Wireless

5 20CCEL704 Data Base security and privacy 3 0 0 3 3 Security

6 20CCEL705 Parallel Architecture & Algorithms 3 0 0 3 3 Cloud

7 20CSPC602 Compiler Design 3 0 0 3 3 Compiler

8 20ITEL710 Service oriented Architecture 3 0 0 3 3 Cloud

9 20CCEL706 Advanced Wireless Communication 3 0 0 3 3 Wireless

10 20CCEL707 Principles of Multimedia 3 0 0 3 3 Multimedia

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS

1 20CCEL801 Hardware Software Codesign 3 0 0 3 3 Design

2 20CCEL802 Fuzzy Logic & Neural Networks 3 0 0 3 3 Fuzzy Logic

3 20CSPC702 Machine Learning Techniques 3 0 0 3 3 Machine

Learning
4 20ECEL803 Satellite Communication 3 0 0 3 3 Wireless
Ethical
5 20CCEL803 Ethical Hacking and Digital Forensics 3 0 0 3 3 Hacking
6 20HSMG301 Professional Ethics & Values 3 0 0 3 3 Management

7 20CCEL804 Database Tuning 3 0 0 3 3 Database

Mobile
8 20CCEL805 Android Application Development 3 0 0 3 3 Development
9 20CSEL706 Multi-core Architectures & Programming 3 0 0 3 3 Parallel
Processing
Artificial
10 20CSEL806 Cognitive Science 3 0 0 3 3 Intelligence

vi
 Curriculum CCE

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

PEO 1 Impart strong foundation in basic sciences, mathematics and engineering

fundamentals, knowledge and capability.
PEO2 Apply design principles and best practices for developing quality products for
scientic and business applications.
PEO 3 Inculcate high professionalism among the students by providing technical and
soft skills with ethical standards.
PEO 4 Promote collaborative learning and spirit of team work through multidisciplinary
projects and diverse professional activities.
PEO 5 Indoctrinate an attitude in the graduates for life- long learning process.

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

PSO 1 Apply appropriate technology for the implementation of modern communication

systems
PSO2 Develop quality software for scientic and business applications by applying
software engineering principles and practices .

COMPONENTS OF THE CURRICULUM (COC)

Curriculum Content Total number

Total Number
Course Component (% of total number of of contact
of credits
credits of the program) hours
Basic Sciences(BS) 17.3 31 29.5
Engineering Sciences(ES) 7.6 17 13
Humanities and Social Sciences (HS) 5.8 15 10
Professional Electives(EL) 7.0 12 12
Program Core+Program Lab (PC+PL) 33.8 71 57.5
Program theory with Lab (PW) 11.7 20 20
Open Electives (OE) 3.5 06 6
Talent Enhancement (TE) 2.9 10 5
Project (PJ) 4.1 14 7
Training & Placement (TP) 4.1 14 7
Internships/Seminars (IS) 1.7 - 3
Mandatory Courses (MC) NA 02 NA
Total number of Credits 217 170
vii
 Curriculum CCE

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES(POs)
PROGRAM OUTCOME REPRESENTS THE KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS
AND ATTITUDES THAT THE STUDENTS WOULD BE EXPECTED TO
HAVE AT THE END OF THE 4 YEAR ENGINEERING DEGREE PROGRAM

12 02
Life-long
learning
01 Problem
Analysis
Engineering
Recognize the need for, and Identify and analyze
have the preparation, ability to
knowledge complex engineering
engage in independent and Apply the basic principle problems reaching logical
life-long learning in the context and knowledge of conclusions using the basic
of technological change. mathematics, science and principles of mathematics,
engineering principles to science and engineering.
solve technical problems.

11 03
Project Development
management of solutions
Demonstrate knowledge and Design solutions for
apply the principles of well-defined technical
engineering & management problems and assist with
in their own / team projects in
ING DE
EER
the design of systems,
multidisciplinary environments. components or processes

IN G to meet specified needs.

ENG

RE

10 04
E

Communicate Investigate
effectively complex problems
Communicate effectively Perform investigations, use
amongst the engineering research based knowledge
community, being able to and conduct experiments,
comprehend & write effective analyze and interpret the
reports, make presentations & results to provide valid
give/receive clear instructions. conclusions.

09
Individual &
05
Modern
Teamwork tool usage
Function effectively as Create, select and apply the
an individual, and as a latest techniques, resources
member or leader in and modern engineering / IT

07
diverse teams, and in tools to develop appropriate

08 06
multi-disciplinary solutions with an understanding
professional settings. of the limitations.
Environment &
Apply ethical Sustainability The Engineer
principles Demonstrate professional and Society
Apply ethical principles skills, knowledge and Apply reasoning based on
and commit to professional contextual reasoning to contextual knowledge to
ethics and responsibilities assess / environmental / assess societal, legal and
based on the norms of societal issues for cultural issues with
professional engineering sustainable development. competency in professional
pratices. engineering practices.

viii
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - I
20BSMA101 L T P C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-I
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 1 0 4
OBJECTIVES:
The intent of this course is
l The intent of the course is to understand, gain the knowledge of matrix
algebra.
l To introduce the concepts of limits, continuity, derivatives and maxima and
minima.
·l To acquaint the concept of improper integrals and the properties of
definite integrals.
·l To provide understanding of double integration, triple integration and
their application.
·l To introduce the concept of sequence and series and impart the knowledge
of Fourier series.

UNIT I MATRICES 12
Symmetric, skew symmetric and orthogonal matrices; Eigenvalues and
Eigenvectors of a real matrix – Characteristic equation – Properties of
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors – Cayley-Hamilton theorem(excluding proof) –
Reduction of a Quadratic form to Canonical form using Orthogonal
Transformation - Nature of Quadratic forms.

UNIT II DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 12

Limit, continuity, Differentiation rules - Maxima and Minima of functions of
one variable, partial derivatives, Taylor's series for functions of two variables,
Jacobian, Maxima & Minima of functions of several variables, saddle points,
Method of Lagrange multipliers.

UNIT III INTEGRAL CALCULUS 12

Evaluation of definite and improper integral - Techniques of Integration-
Substitution rule - Integration by parts, Integration of rational functions by
partial fraction, Integration of irrational functions - Applications of definite
integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolution.

UNIT IV MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 12

Double integrals – Change of order of integration – Double integrals in polar
coordinates – Area enclosed by plane curves – Triple integrals – Volume of
solids – Change of variables in double and triple integrals.
1
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V SEQUENCES AND SERIES 12
Introduction to sequences and series – power series – Taylor's series – series
for exponential, trigonometric, logarithmic, hyperbolic functions – Fourier
series – Half range Sine and Cosine series – Parseval's theorem.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. James Stewart, “Calculus: Early Transcendentals”, Cengage Learning, 7th
Edition, New Delhi, 2015.
2. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 11th Reprint, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, “Calculus and Analytic Geometry”, 9th Edition,
Pearson, Reprint, 2002.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2006.
3. T. Veerarajan, “Engineering Mathematics for first year”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 2008.
4. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, “A text-book of Engineering Mathematics”,
Laxmi Publications, Reprint, 2008.
5. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 40th Edition, 2014.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://math.mit.edu/~gs/linearalgebra/ila0601.pdf
2. http://ocw.mit.edu/ans7870/18/18.013a/textbook/HTML/chapter30/
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-02sc-multivariable-
calculus-fall-2010/2.-partial-derivatives/
4. http://ocw.mit.edu/ans7870/18/18.013a/textbook/HTML/chapter31/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.khanacademy.org/math/linear-algebra/alternate-
bases/eigen-everything/v/linear-algebra-introduction-to-eigenvalues-
and-eigenvectors
2. https://www.khanacademy.org/math/differential-calculus

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the concepts of symmetric, skew symmetric, orthogonal
matrices, properties of Eigen values and eigen vectors, the nature of a
quadratic form, sequences and series, power series representation of
2
 Syllabus CCE
functions, series representation of exponential, trigonometric logarithmic
and hyperbolic functions. (K2)
2. Compute the eigen values, eigen vectors of a matrix, diagonalize the
quadratic form using orthogonal transformation and find the inverse and
higher powers of a matrix using Cayley Hamilton theorem. (K3)
3. Calculate the limit, derivative, partial derivatives, Jacobians of simple
functions and evaluate integrals of single variable using the rules of
integration. (K3)
4. Determine the Taylor series representation of functions of one variable
and two variables and evaluate maxima and minima of functions of one
variable, two variables and several variables. (K3)
5. Evaluate double integrals using change of order technique, double and
triple integrals using change of variables technique and calculate surface
areas and volume of solids of revolution. (K3)
6. Compute the Fourier series, Sine and Cosine series representation of
functions defined in a period and use Fourier series and Parseval’s
theorem to find the value of infinite series. (K3)

CO - PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO6 3 3 2 1 - - - -- - - - 1

SEMESTER - I
20HSEN101 L T P C
TECHNICAL ENGLISH - I
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
●
l To develop the basic LSRW skills of the students
●
l To encourage the learners to adapt to listening techniques
●
l To help learners develop their communication skills and converse fluently
in real contexts

3
 Syllabus CCE
●
l To help learners develop general and technical vocabulary through reading
and writing tasks
●
l To improve the language proficiency for better understanding of core
subjects

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Listening – short texts – formal and informal conversations - Speaking –
basics in speaking – speaking on given topics & situations – recording
speeches and strategies to improve - Reading – critical reading – finding key
information in a given text – shifting facts from opinions - Writing – free
writing on any given topic – autobiographical writing - Language
Development – tenses – voices- word formation: prefixes and suffixes – parts
of speech – developing hints

UNIT II READING AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 9

Listening - long texts - TED talks - extensive speech on current affairs and
discussions -Speaking – describing a simple process – asking and answering
questions - Reading comprehension – skimming / scanning / predicting &
analytical reading – question & answers – objective and descriptive answers
–identifying synonyms and antonyms - process description - Writing
instructions – Language Development – writing definitions – compound
words - articles – prepositions

UNIT III SPEAKING AND INTERPRETATION SKILLS 9

Listening - dialogues & conversations - Speaking – role plays – asking about
routine actions and expressing opinions - Reading longer texts & making a
critical analysis of the given text - Writing – types of paragraph and writing
essays – rearrangement of jumbled sentences - writing recommendations -
Language Development – use of sequence words - cause & effect expressions
- sentences expressing purpose - picture based and newspaper based
activities – single word substitutes

UNIT IV VOCABULARY BUILDING AND WRITING SKILLS 9

Listening - debates and discussions – practicing multiple tasks – self
introduction – Speaking about friends/places/hobbies - Reading -Making
inference from the reading passage – Predicting the content of the reading
passage - Writing – informal letters/e-mails - Language Development -
synonyms & antonyms - conditionals – if, unless, in case, when and others –
framing questions.

UNIT V LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNICAL WRITING 9

Listening - popular speeches and presentations - Speaking - impromptu
4
 Syllabus CCE
speeches & debates - Reading - articles – magazines/newspapers Writing –
essay writing on technical topics - channel conversion – bar diagram/ graph –
picture interpretation - process description - Language Development –
modal verbs - fixed / semi-fixed expressions – collocations
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Board of Editors. Using English: A Coursebook for Undergraduate
Engineers and Technologists. Orient Blackswan Limited, Hyderabad:
2015.
2. Dhanavel, S.P. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science
and Engineering. Orient Blackswan, Chennai, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Anderson, Paul V. Technical Communication: A Reader – Centered
Approach. Cengage, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Smith-Worthington, Darlene & Sue Jefferson. Technical Writing for
Success. Cengage, Mason, USA, 2007.
3. Grussendorf, Marion, English for Presentations, Oxford University Press,
Oxford, 2007.
4. Chauhan, Gajendra Singh and et.al.Technical Communication (Latest
Revised Edition). Cengage Learning India Pvt. Limited, 2018.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_hs31/preview
2. http://engineeringvideolectures.com/course/696

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. h t t p s : / / w w w. p e a r s o n . c o m / e n g l i s h / c a t a l o g u e / b u s i n e s s -
english/technical-english.html
2. https://www.cambridgeenglish.org/learning-english/free-resources/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
• Comprehend conversations and talks presented in English (K2)
• Speak fluently in informal and formal contexts (K1)
• Read articles of any kind and be able to comprehend (K2)
• Write technical concepts in simple and lucid style (K2)
• Prepare informal letters and e-mails efficiently (K3)
• Present technical concepts and summaries in correct grammar and
vocabulary (K1)
5
 Syllabus CCE
CO - PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Co1 - 2 - - - - 1 - - 3 - -

CO2 1 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 2

CO4 - 3 - - - - - - 2 - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO6 - - - - - - 3 - - - 2 -

SEMESTER - I
20BSPH101 L T P C
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To educate and enhance the fundamental knowledge in Physics and its
applications relevant to various streams of Engineering and Technology

UNIT I CRYSTAL PHYSICS 9

Single crystalline, Polycrystalline and Amorphous materials - single crystals:
unit cell, crystal systems, Bravais lattices, directions and planes in a crystal -
Miller indices - Interplanar distance - Powder diffraction method - Debye
Scherer formula - Calculation of number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius -
Coordination number - packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures -
Polymorphism and allotropy - Diamond and Graphite structure (qualitative) -
Growth of single crystals: Solution and Melt growth Techniques.

UNIT II PROPERTIES OF MATTER 9

Elasticity - Stress - strain diagram and its uses - Poisson's ratio - Relationship
between three moduli of elasticity (qualitative) - Factors affecting elastic
modulus and tensile strength - Twisting couple - shaft - Torsion pendulum:
theory and experiment - bending of beams - bending moment - cantilever:
theory and experiment - uniform and non-uniform bending: theory and
experiment - I-shaped girders - stress due to bending in beams.

UNIT III QUANTUM PHYSICS 9

Black body radiation - Planck's theory (derivation) - Compton effect: theory -
6
 Syllabus CCE
wave particle duality - electron diffraction - progressive waves - wave equation
- concept of wave function and its physical significance - Schrödinger's wave
equation - Time independent and Time dependent equations - particle in a box
(one dimensional motion) - Tunneling (qualitative) - scanning tunneling
microscope.

UNIT IV LASERS AND FIBER OPTICS 9

Lasers: population of energy levels, Einstein's A and B coefficients derivation -
pumping methods - resonant cavity, optical amplification (qualitative) - three
level and four level laser - CO2 laser - Semiconductor lasers: Homojunction and
Heterojunction.
Fiber optics: Principle, Numerical aperture and Acceptance angle - Types of
optical fibers (material, refractive index, mode) - Losses associated with
optical fibers - Fiber Optical Communication system (Block diagram) - Fiber
optic sensors: pressure and displacement.

UNIT V THERMAL PHYSICS 9

Transfer of heat energy - thermal expansion of solids and liquids - bimetallic
strips - thermal conduction, convection and radiation - heat conduction in
solids (qualitative) - thermal conductivity - Forbe's and Lee's disc method:
theory and experiment - conduction through compound media (series and
parallel) - thermal insulation - applications: heat exchangers, refrigerators
and solar water heaters.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. D.K. Bhattachary & T.Poonam, “Engineering Physics”. Oxford University
Press, 2015.
2. R.K. Gaur& S.L. Gupta, “Engineering Physics”. Dhanpat Rai Publishers,
2012.
3. B.K. Pandey & S.Chaturvedi, “Engineering Physics”, Cengage Learning
India, 2017.
4. V. Rajendran, “Engineering Physics”, Mc Graw Hill Publications Ltd. New
Delhi, 2014.
5. M.N. Avadhanulu& P.G. Kshirshagar, “A textbook of Engineering Physics”,
S. Chand & Co Ltd. 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. D. Halliday, . Resnick & J. Walker, “Principles of Physics”, Wiley, 2015.
2. R.A. Serway, & J.W. Jewett, “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”, Cengage
Learning, 2010.
3. N.K. Verma,” Physics for Engineers”, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2014.
7
 Syllabus CCE
4. P.A. Tipler & G. Mosca “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”,
W.H.Freeman, 2020.
5. Brijlal and Subramanyam, “Properties of Matter”, S. Chand Publishing,
2018.
6. Shatendra Sharma & Jyotsna Sharma, “Engineering Physics”, Pearson,
2018.

OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the basics of crystals, structures and crystal growth
techniques (K3)
2. Select a right choice of materials based on their properties for potential
applications / acquire fundamental knowledge on elasticity and its
applications relevant to the field of engineering (K3)
3. Apply the advanced physics concepts of quantum theory to characterize
the matter (K4)
4. Understand the basic concepts in laser and its types and fiber optics (K3)
5. Acquire adequate knowledge on the fundamental concepts of thermal
properties of materials (K2)
6. Evaluate the applications of powder diffraction method, optical fibers in
sensors, quantum mechanical tunneling and thermal materials in
expansion joints and heat exchangers (K4)

CO - PO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 2 3 3 - - 2 - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - - - - 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - - - - 3

8
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - I
20BSCY101 L T P C
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
SDG NO. 4,6&7 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To make the students conversant with boiler feed water requirements,
related problems and water treatment techniques
l To illustrate the principles of electrochemical reactions, redox reactions in
corrosion of materials and methods for corrosion prevention and
protection of materials
l To categorize types of fuels, calorific value calculations, manufacture of
solid, liquid and gaseous fuels
l To demonstrate the principles and generation of energy in batteries,
nuclear reactors, solar cells, windmills and fuel cells
l To recognize the applications of polymers, composites and nano-materials
in various fields

UNIT I WATER TECHNOLOGY AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY 9

Water Technology : Introduction – Hard water and Soft water. Hardness of
water – types – expression of hardness (numerical problems). Boiler troubles
– scale and sludge, priming and foaming, caustic embrittlement and boiler
corrosion. Treatment of boiler feed water – Internal treatment (carbonate,
phosphate, calgon, colloidal and sodium aluminate conditioning). External
treatment – Ion exchange process, Zeolite process –Domestic water treatment
(break point chlorination) –Desalination of brackish water – Reverse
Osmosis.
Surface Chemistry: Adsorption – types – adsorption of gases on solids –
adsorption of solutes from solution – applications of adsorption –role of
adsorbents in catalysis and pollution abatement.

UNIT II ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION 9

Electrochemistry: Cells – types (electrochemical and electrolytic cell) Redox
reaction – single electrode potential (oxidation potential and reduction
potential) – measurement and applications –Nernst equation (derivation
and problems) – electrochemical series and its significance.
Corrosion: Causes, factors and types – chemical and electrochemical
corrosion (galvanic, differential aeration). Corrosion control – material
selection and design aspects, cathodic protection methods (sacrificial
anodic and impressed current cathodic method) and corrosion inhibitors.
Paints: Constituents and its functions. Electroplating of Copper and electroless
plating of Nickel.
9
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III FUELS AND COMBUSTION 9
Fuels: Introduction – classification of fuels – Coal – analysis of coal (proximate
and ultimate). Carbonization – manufacture of metallurgical coke (Otto
Hoffmann method) – Petroleum – manufacture of synthetic petrol (Bergius
process). Knocking – octane number and cetane number – Gaseous fuels –
Compressed natural gas (CNG), Liquefied petroleum gases (LPG). Biofuels –
Gobar gas and Biodiesel.
Combustion of Fuels: Introduction – calorific value – higher and lower
calorific values- theoretical calculation of calorific value – flue gas analysis
(ORSAT Method).

UNIT IV ENERGY SOURCES AND STORAGE DEVICES 9

Energy sources: Nuclear fission – nuclear fusion – differences between
nuclear fission and fusion – nuclear chain reactions – nuclear energy – light
water nuclear power plant – breeder reactor – solar energy conversion – solar
cells – wind energy.
Storage devices: Batteries – types of batteries – primary battery (dry cell)
secondary battery (lead acid battery, lithium–ion–battery), fuel cells – H2 -O2
fuel cell and super capacitors.

UNIT V POLYMERS AND NANOMATERIALS 9

Polymers: Classification – types of polymerization – mechanism (Free radical
polymerization) –Engineering polymers: Nylon–6, Nylon–6,6, Teflon, Kevlar
and PEEK – preparation, properties and uses – Plastic and its types –
Conducting polymers – types and applications. Composites – definition, types,
polymer matrix composites – FRP.
Nanomaterials: Introduction – Nanoparticles, Nanoclusters, Nanorods,
Nanotubes (CNT: SWNT and MWNT) and Nanowires – Properties (surface to
volume ratio, melting point, optical and electrical), Synthesis (precipitation,
thermolysis, hydrothermal, electrodeposition, chemical vapour deposition,
laser ablation, sol-gel process) and Applications.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. S. Dara and S. S. Umare, “A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry”, S. Chand
& Company LTD, New Delhi, 2015.
2. P. C. Jain and Monika Jain, “Engineering Chemistry” DhanpatRai Publishing
Company (P) LTD, New Delhi, 2015.
3. S. Vairam, P. Kalyani and Suba Ramesh, “Engineering Chemistry”, Wiley
India PVT, LTD, New Delhi, 2013.

10
 Syllabus CCE

REFERENCES:
1. Friedrich Emich, “Engineering Chemistry”, Scientific International PVT,
LTD, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Prasanta Rath, “Engineering Chemistry”, Cengage Learning India PVT,
LTD, Delhi, 2015.
3. Shikha Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry-Fundamentals and
Applications”, Cambridge University Press, Delhi, 2015.

OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Identify the origin of water resources and develop innovative methods to
produce soft water for industrial use and potable water at cheaper cost.
(K2)
2. Recognize the basic design of adsorption systems and its industrial
applications and the basics concepts of electrochemistry to understand
battery technology. (K2)
3. Apply the principles of electrochemistry to corrosion process and the
applications of protective coatings to overcome the corrosion. (K3)
4. Disseminating the knowledge about the chemistry of fuels and combustion
and its application in various levels. (K2)
5. Acquire the basics of non-conventional sources of energy and understand
the principles and the reaction mechanism of batteries and fuel cells.. (K3)
6. Illustrate the synthesis and applications of polymers, composites and
nano-materials. (K2)

CO – PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 1 2 - - 1 2 - - - - 1

CO2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 - - - 1 1

CO4 3 1 2 2 - 1 2 - - - 1 1

CO5 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 - - - 1 3

CO6 3 2 3 1 - 1 1 - - - 1 2

11
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - I
20ESCS101 PROBLEM SOLVING AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4&9 PROGRAMMING IN C 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand about the programming language
l To develop C Programs using basic Programming Constructs, Loops
Arrays and Strings
l To develop applications in C using Functions , Pointers and Structures
l To perform I/O operations and File Handling in C

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING AND ALGORITHMS

FOR PROBLEM SOLVING 10
The Basic Model of Computation, Programming Paradigms- Program
Development Life Cycle - Algorithm –Pseudo Code – Flow Chart -
Programming Languages - Compilation - Linking and Loading - Testing and
Debugging - Documentation - Control Structures – Algorithmic Problem
Solving- Problems Based on Sequential, Decision Making - Branching and
Iteration.

UNIT II BASICS OF C PROGRAMMING 8

Structure of C program - C programming: Data Types – Storage Classes -
Constants – Enumeration Constants - Keywords – Operators: Precedence and
Associativity - Expressions – Input / Output Statements - Assignment
Statements – Decision making Statements - Switch Statement - Looping
Statements – Pre-Processor Directives - Compilation Process

UNIT III ARRAYS AND STRINGS 9

Introduction to Arrays: Declaration, Initialization – One Dimensional Array –
Example Program: Computing Mean, Median and Mode - Two Dimensional
Arrays – Example Program: Matrix Operations (Addition, Scaling,
Determinant and Transpose) - String Operations: Length, Compare,
Concatenate - Copy – Selection Sort - Linear and Binary Search.

UNIT IV FUNCTIONS AND POINTERS 9

Introduction to Functions: Function Prototype, Function Definition,
Function Call, Built-in Functions (String Functions, Math Functions) –
Recursion – Example Program: Computation of Sine Series - Scientific
Calculator using Built-in Functions - Binary Search using Recursive Functions
– Pointers – Pointer Operators – Pointer Arithmetic – Arrays and Pointers –
12
 Syllabus CCE
Array of Pointers – Example Program: Sorting of Names – Parameter Passing:
Pass by Value - Pass by Reference – Example Program: Swapping of Two
Numbers using Pass by Reference.

UNIT V STRUCTURES and FILE PROCESSING 9

Structure - Nested Structures – Pointer and Structures – Array of Structures –
Example Program using Structures and Pointers – Self Referential Structures –
Dynamic Memory Allocation - Singly Linked List – Typedef.
Files – Types of File Processing: Sequential Access, Random Access –
Sequential Access File - Example Program: Finding Average of Numbers stored
in Sequential Access File - Random Access File - Example Program:
Transaction Processing Using Random Access Files – Command Line
Arguments.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reema Thareja, “Programming in C”, Oxford University Press, Second
Edition, 2016.
2. Kernighan, B.W and Ritchie,D.M, “The C Programming language”, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “C How to Program”, Seventh edition,
Pearson Publication.
2. Jeri R. Hanly & Elliot B. Koffman, “Problem Solving and Program Design in
C”, Pearson Education, 2013.
3. Pradip Dey, Manas Ghosh, “Fundamentals of Computing and Programming
in C”, First Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.
4. Anita Goel and Ajay Mittal, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in
C”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education in South Asia,
2011.
5. Byron S. Gottfried, "Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of
Programming with C", McGraw-Hill Education, 1996.
6. Kanetkar Y, “Let us C”, BPB Publications, 2007.
7. Hanly J R & Koffman E.B, “Problem Solving and Programme design in C”,
Pearson Education, 2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.learn-c.org/
2. https://codeforwin.org/
3. https://www.cprogramming.com/
13
 Syllabus CCE
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.linuxtopia.org/online_books/programming_books/
gnu_c_programming_tutorial
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105171
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs42/preview

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Develop efficient algorithms for solving a problem. (K2)
2. Use the various constructs in C to develop simple applications. (K3)
3. Design and Implement applications using Array & Strings. (K3)
4. Develop applications using Functions and Pointers. (K6)
5. Design and Develop applications using Structures. (K3)
6. Design and Develop applications using Files. (K4)

CO- PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 2 - 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 2 2 3 3 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2

SEMESTER - I
20ESGE101 L T P C
SDG NO. 4,6,7, 9, ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
12,14 &15 1 2 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To develop in students, graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas
and design of engineering products
l To visualize the job in three dimensions
l To have a clear conception and appreciation of the shape, size, proportion
and design
l To expose the student community to existing national standards related to
technical drawings
14
 Syllabus CCE
CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination) 3
Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting
instruments – BIS conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of
drawing sheets – Lettering and dimensioning- Projection of Points

UNIT I PLANE CURVES AND FREEHAND SKETCHING 6+9

Basic Geometrical constructions, Curves used in engineering practices: Conics
– Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method –
Construction of cycloid on Horizontal Surfaces – construction of involutes of
circle for one complete revolution – Drawing of tangents and normal to the
above curves.
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles
–Representation of Three Dimensional objects – Layout of views- Freehand
sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of objects.

UNIT II PROJECTION OF LINES AND PLANE SURFACE 6+9

Orthographic projection- principles-Principal planes- Projection of straight
lines (only First angle projections) inclined to both the principal planes -
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method-
Projection of planes (polygonal and circular surfaces) inclined to both the
principal planes by rotating object method.

UNIT III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS 6+9

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the
axis is inclined to one of the principal planes by rotating object method.

UNIT IV PROJECTION OF SECTIONED SOLIDS AND

DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES 6+9
Sectioning of prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position
when the cutting plane is inclined to one of the principal planes and
perpendicular to the other – obtaining true shape of section. Development of
lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids in vertical position – Prisms,
pyramids cylinder and cone.

UNIT V ISOMETRIC AND PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS 6+9

Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale –Isometric projections of
simple solids and truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone-
Perspective projection of simple solids-Prisms, pyramids and cylinder by
visual ray method.
TOTAL: 78 PERIODS

15
 Syllabus CCE
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age
International (P) Limited, 2008.
2. T. Jeyapoovan, “Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD”, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt Ltd, 7th Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing
House, 50th Edition, 2010.
2. Natrajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi
Publishers, Chennai, 2009.
3. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas
Stores, Bangalore, 2007.
5. Luzzader, Warren.J. and Duff,John M., “Fundamentals of Engineering
Drawing with an introduction to Interactive Computer Graphics for
Design and Production, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.
6. N S Parthasarathy and Vela Murali, “Engineering Graphics”, Oxford
University, Press, New Delhi, 2015.
7. Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson, 2nd Edition,
2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103019/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/104/105104148/

PUBLICATION OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS:

1. IS10711 – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Size and lay out of
drawing sheets.
2. IS9609 (Parts 0 & 1) – 2001: Technical products Documentation –
Lettering.
3. IS10714 (Part 20) – 2001 & SP 46 – 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS11669 – 1986 & SP 46 – 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. IS15021 (Parts 1 to 4) – 2001: Technical drawings – Projection Methods

16
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Relate thoughts and ideas graphically in a neat fashion and ability to
perform sketching of engineering curves used in engineering practices,
multiple views of objects. (K1)
2. Understand the concepts of orthographic projections for basic
geometrical constructions. (K2)
3. Acquire the knowledge of orthographic projection in three dimensional
object. (K2)
4. Develop knowledge about Sectioning and apply interior shapes of solids.
(K3)
5. Analyze the concepts of design in developing various 3 dimensional
projections. (K4)
6. Build a strong foundation to analyze the design in various dimensions.
(K4)

CO - PO , PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO6 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

SEMESTER - I
20BSPL101 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY L T P C
SDG NO. 4 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5
PHYSICS LABORATORY
OBJECTIVES:
l To acquaint the students with practical knowledge of physics principles in
various fields such as optics, thermal physics and properties of matter for
developing basic experimental skills
l To make the student to acquire practical skills in the determination of
water quality parameters through volumetric and instrumental analysis

17
 Syllabus CCE

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Any 5 Experiments)

1. Determination of Young's modulus by non-uniform bending method.
2. Determination of rigidity modulus –Torsion pendulum.
3. Determination of velocity of sound and compressibility of liquid –
Ultrasonic Interferometer.
4. (a) Determination of wavelength and particle size using Laser.
(b) Determination of acceptance angle in an optical fiber.
5. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor – Lee's Disc
method.
6. Determination of specific resistance of a given coil of wire – Carey
Foster's bridge.
7. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum – spectrometer
grating.
8. Determination of band gap of a semiconductor.
9. Determination of Hall coefficient by Hall Effect experiment.
10. Determination of solar cell characteristics.

LAB REQUIREMENTS FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS /

6 (max.) STUDENTS PER EXPERIMENT
1. Young's modulus by non-uniform bending method-
experimental set-up – 12 sets
2. Rigidity modulus - Torsion pendulum experimental
set-up – 12 sets
3. Ultrasonic Interferometer to determine velocity of sound
and compressibility of liquid – 6 sets
4. (a) Experimental set-up to find the wavelength of light,
and to find particle size using Laser – 6 sets
(b) Experimental set-up to find acceptance angle in an
optical fiber – 6 sets
5. Lee's disc method- experimental set up to find thermal
conductivity of a bad conductor – 6 sets
6. Experimental set-up to find specific resistance of a coil
of wire-Carey Foster's Bridge – 6 sets
7. Experimental set-up to find the wavelength of mercury
spectrum-spectrometer grating – 6 sets
8. Experimental set-up to find the band gap of a semiconductor – 12 sets
9. Experimental set-up to find the Hall coefficient by
Hall Effect Experiment – 6 sets
10. Experimental set-up to study characteristics of solar cells – 6 sets

18
 Syllabus CCE
TEXTBOOKS:
1. J.D. Wilson& C.A. Hernandez Hall “Physics Laboratory Experiments”
Houghton Mifflin Company, New York, 2010.
2. M.N. Srinivasan, S. Balasubramanian &R. Ranganathan, “Practical
Physics”, S. Chand & Sons educational publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. R. Sasikumar, “Practical Physics”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
(Any five experiments to be conducted)

OBJECTIVES:
l To acquaint the students with practical knowledge of the basic concepts of
chemistry, the student faces during the course of their study in the industry
and engineering field
l To make the student to acquire practical skills in the determination of
water quality parameters through volumetric and instrumental analysis
l To understand and develop experimental skills for building technical
competence

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Any five experiments to be conducted)

1. Estimation of HCl using Na2CO3 as primary standard and Determination
of alkalinity in water samples.
2. Determination of total, temporary & permanent hardness of water by
EDTA method.
3. Determination of DO content of water sample by Winkler's method.
4. Determination of chloride content of water sample by argentometric
method.
5. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid using pH meter.
6. Conductometric titration of strong acid vs strong base.
7. Estimation of iron content of the given solution using potentiometer.
8. Estimation of iron content of the water sample using spectrophotometer
(1, 10- Phenanthroline / thiocyanate method).
9. Estimation of sodium and potassium present in water using flame
photometers.
10. Determination of molecular weights of polymers using Ostwald's
Viscometer.

19
 Syllabus CCE
LAB REQUIREMENTS FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS /
6 (MAX.) STUDENTS PER EXPERIMENT.
1. Estimation of HCl using Na2CO3 as primary standard and
Determination of alkalinity in water sample - 6 sets
2. Determination of total, temporary & permanent
hardness of water by EDTA method - 6 sets
3. Determination of DO content of water sample by
Winkler's method - 6sets
4. Determination of chloride content of water sample by
argentometric method – 6 sets
5. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid using
pH meter - 6 sets
6. Conductometric titration of strong acid vs strong base - 6 sets
7. Estimation of iron content of the given solution using
potentiometer - 6 sets
8. Estimation of iron content of the water sample using
spectrophotometer (1,10- Phenanthroline /
thiocyanate method) - 2 sets
9. Estimation of sodium and potassium present in water
using flame photometer - 2 sets
10. Determination of molecular weights of polymer using
Ostwald's Viscometer. - 6 sets
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis (8th edition, 2014).

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Apply the principles of thermal physics and properties of matter to
evaluate the properties of materials and to determine the physical
properties of liquid using ultrasonic interferometer. (K1)
2. Understand measurement technique and usage of new instruments in
optics for real time application in engineering. (K2)
3. Apply the knowledge of semiconductor materials to evaluate the band
gap and Hall coefficient of materials and to study the characteristics of
solar cell for engineering solutions. (K3)
4. Apply the different techniques of quantitative chemical analysis to
generate experimental skills in building technical competence.(K2)
5. Apply basic techniques used in chemistry laboratories for water

20
 Syllabus CCE
analyses/purification and estimates the ions/metal ions present in
domestic/industry wastewater. (K2)
6. Utilize the fundamental laboratory techniques for analyses such as
volumetric titrations, conductometric, potentiometric and
spectroscopy. (K2)

CO- PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 1 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

SEMESTER - I
20ESPL101 L T P C
PROGRAMMING IN C LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4&9 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To develop programs in C using basic Programming Constructs
l To develop applications in C using Arrays and Strings
l To design and implement applications in C using Functions, Structures
l To develop applications in C using Files

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Write a program using I/O statements and expressions.
2. Write programs using decision-making constructs.
3. Write a program to find whether the given year is leap year or not? (Hint:
not every centurion year is a leap. For example 1700, 1800 and 1900 is
not a leap year)
4. Write a program to perform the Calculator operations, namely, addition,
subtraction, multiplication, division and square of a number.
5. Write a program to check whether a given number is Armstrong number

21
 Syllabus CCE
or not?
6. Write a program tocheck whether a given number is odd or even?
7. Write a program to find the factorial of a given number.
8. Write a program to find out the average of 4 integers.
9. Write a program to display array elements using two dimensional arrays.
10. Write a program to perform swapping using function.
11. Write a program to display all prime numbers between two intervals
using functions.
12. Write a program to reverse a sentence using recursion.
13. Write a program to get the largest element of an array using the function.
14. Write a program to concatenate two string.
15. Write a program to find the length of String.
16. Write a program to find the frequency of a character in a string.
17. Write a program to store Student Information in Structure and Display it.
18. The annual examination is conducted for 10 students for five subjects.
Write a program to read the data and determine the following:
(a) Total marks obtained by each student.
(b) The highest marks in each subject and the marks of the student who
secured it.
(c) The student who obtained the highest total marks.
19. Insert, update, delete and append telephone details of an individual or a
company into a telephone directory using random access file.
20. Count the number of account holders whose balance is less than the
minimum balance using sequential access file.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS:

Standalone desktops with C compiler 30 Nos.
(or)
Server with C compiler supporting 30 terminals or more.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Solve some simple problems leading to specific applications. (K6)
2. Demonstrate C programming development environment, compiling,
debugging, linking and executing a program. (K6)
3. Develop C programs for simple applications making use of basic
constructs, arrays and strings. (K6)

22
 Syllabus CCE
4. Develop C programs involving functions and recursion. (K6)
5. Develop C programs involving pointers, and structures. (K6)
6. Design applications using sequential and random access file. (K6)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 2 2 3 3 1 3

CO3 3 3 - 3 2 - 1 1 - 2 - 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 3

CO5 3 3 3 - 2 - 1 - 2 2 3 - 2 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 3 3 2

SEMESTER - I
20TPHS101 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4&5 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To enrich social network ethics
l To develop and enhance browsing culture
l To understand the concepts of networking
l To promote self professionalism
l To acquire knowledge about various digital identification procedures

UNIT I SOCIAL NETWORK ETIQUETTES 6

Introduction to social network – Social Networking Etiquettes - Pros and Cons
- Usage of Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp , Telegram, Youtube, Evolution of
Android and IOS, Introduction to Linkedin & Benefits. (Practicals – Official
Mail id- Linkedin Id Creation, Linkedin Profile Bulilding , Facebook Id and
Creation and Modifying the existing FB ID)

UNIT II BROWSING CULTURE 6

Introduction to browsing – Search Engines-Google - Bing -Yahoo!-AOL -MSN
–DuckDuckGo ,browsers, phishing – Cookies - URL – https:// extensions ,
browsing history, Incognito mode- VPN – Pros and Cons – Book mark.

23
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III NETWORKING 6
Basics of networking - LAN, MAN, WAN, Introduction to network topologies,
Protocols , IP Commands (Command line prompt), Define online complier
and editor (Practicals – Find Your System IP,Ping Command, Firewall Fortinet,
Basic DOS Commands)

UNIT IV PROFESSIONALISM 6
Dress Code, Body Language, Appropriate Attire ,Communication Skills,
Interview preparation – Introducing yourself - How to greet Superiors,
Importance of Eye Contact During conversation.

UNIT V DIGITAL IDENTIFICATION 6

Introduction to NAD - Importance of Aadhar, PAN Card, Passport, Bank
Account, Bar Code, QR scan, Payment Gateway (Gpay, Phone Pe, UPI, BHIM,
Paytm), Mobile Banking (Practicals - NAD registration Step by Step, Linking
bank account with netbanking , Register for payment gateway).
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS

WEB REFERENCES :
Unit I: Social Network Etiquettes:
1. https://sproutsocial.com/glossary/social-media-etiquette/
2. https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/tools-and-samples/hr-
qa/pages/socialnetworkingsitespolicy.aspx
3. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02711/full
4. https://medium.com/@sirajea/11-reasons-why-you-should-use-
telegram-instead-of-whatsapp-ab0f80fbfa79
5. https://buffer.com/library/how-to-use-instagram/
6. https://www.webwise.ie/parents/what-is-youtube/
7. https://www.androidauthority.com/history-android-os-name-789433/
8. https://www.mindtools.com/pages/article/linkedin.htm

Unit II: Browsing Culture:

1. https://sites.google.com/site/bethanycollegeofteacheredn/unit--ict-
connecting-with-world/national-policy-on-information-and-
communication-technology-ict/accessing-the-web-introduction-to-the-
browser-browsing-web
2. https://www.wordstream.com/articles/internet-search-engines-
history
3. https://www.malwarebytes.com/phishing/
4. https://www.adpushup.com/blog/types-of-cookies/
24
 Syllabus CCE
5. https://www.eff.org/https-everywhere
6. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/browsing-
history\
7. https://www.vpnmentor.com/blog/pros-cons-vpn/
8. https://www.tech-wonders.com/2016/10/use-hush-private-
bookmarking-extension-chrome.html

Unit III:Networking
1. https://www.guru99.com/types-of-computer-network.html
2. https://www.studytonight.com/computer-networks/network-
topology-types
3. https://www.cloudflare.com/learning/network-layer/what-is-a-
protocol/
4. https://www.howtogeek.com/168896/10-useful-windows-commands-
you-should-know/
5. https://paiza.io/en

Unit IV : Professionalism
1. https://career.vt.edu/develop/professionalism.html
2. https://englishlabs.in/importance-dress-code/
3. https://www.proschoolonline.com/blog/importance-of-body-language-
in-day-to-day-life
4. https://www.thespruce.com/etiquette-of-proper-attire-1216800
5. https://shirleytaylor.com/why-are-communication-skills-important/
6. https://www.triad-eng.com/interview-tips-for-engineers/
7. https://www.indeed.co.in/career-advice/interviewing/interview-
question-tell-me-about-yourself
8. https://toggl.com/track/business-etiquette-rules/

Unit V: Digital Identification

1. https://nad.ndml.in/nad-presentation.html
2. https://www.turtlemint.com/aadhaar-card-benefits/
3. https://www.bankbazaar.com/pan-card/uses-of-pan-card.html
4. https://www.passportindex.org/passport.php
5. https://consumer.westchestergov.com/financial-education/money-
management/benefits-of-a-bank-account
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/QR_code
7. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/p/payment-gateway.asp
8. https://www.paisabazaar.com/banking/mobile-banking/

25
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1 . Learn and apply social network ethics. (K3)
2. Understand the browsing culture. (K2)
3. Analyze the networking concepts . (K4)
4. Develop self professionalism. (K3)
5. Gain hands-on experience in various digital identification procedures.
(K2)
6. Analyse and apply the different digital payment gateway methods. (K4)

CO- PO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

SEMESTER - I
20HSMG101 L T P C
PERSONAL VALUES
SDG NO. 4&5 2 0 0 0

OBJECTIVES:
l Values through Practical activities

UNIT I SELF CONCEPT 6

Understanding self Concept – Identify Yourself – Who am I – an individual,
engineer, citizen – Attitude – Measuring Behaviour – Change of Behaviour –
Personality – Characteristics in personal, professional life.

UNIT II INDIVIDUAL VALUES 6

Personal Values – Attributes –Courage – Creativity, Honesty, Perfection,
Simplicity, Responsibility – Measuring personal values
26
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III MORAL VALUES 6
Moral – Understanding right and wrong – Positive thoughts – Respect to
others – Doing good to society.

UNIT IV PHYSICAL AND MENTAL WELL-BEING 6

Health – Physical fitness –Mental vigour – Diet management – Yoga –
Meditation – Peaceful life – Happiness in life

UNIT V DECISION MAKING 6

Goal Setting – Decision making skill – Overcome of Barriers – Success – Mental
strength and weakness
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

Note:
Each topic in all the above units will be supplemented by practice
exercises and classroom activities and projects.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Barun K. Mitra, “Personality Development and Soft Skills”, Oxford
University Press, 2016.
2. B.N.Ghosh, “Managing Soft Skills for Personality Development” McGraw
Hill India, 2012.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Become an individual in knowing the self. (K4)
2. Acquire and express Personal Values, Spiritual values and fitness. (K4)
3. Practice simple physical exercise and breathing techniques. (K2)
4. Practice Yoga asana which will enhance the quality of life. (K1)
5. Practice Meditation and get benefitted. (K1)
6. Understanding moral values and need of physical fitness. (K2)

27
 Syllabus CCE
CO – PO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Co1 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO4 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO5 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO6 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - II
20BSMA201 L T P C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - II
SDG NO. 4 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
l The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with
techniques in Vector Calculus, Ordinary differential equations, Complex
variables and Laplace transforms. It aims to equip the students to deal
with advanced level of mathematics and applications that would be
essential for their disciplines.

UNIT I VECTOR CALCULUS 12

Gradient and Directional derivatives - Divergence and Curl- Vector identities -
Irrotational and Solenoidal vector fields - Line integral over a plane curve -
Surface integral - Volume integral – Gauss divergence, Green's and Stoke's
theorems - Verification and application in evaluating line, Surface and volume
integrals.

UNIT II ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Second and higher order linear differential equations with constant
coefficients - Method of variation of parameters - Homogeneous equation of
Euler's and Legendre's types - System of simultaneous linear differential
equations with constant coefficients.

UNIT III COMPLEX DIFFERENTIATION 12

Analytic functions- Necessary and sufficient conditions for analyticity in
cartesian and polar coordinates (without proof) - Properties - Harmonic
conjugate - construction of analytic functions- Conformal mapping - Mapping
by functions w = z+a,w=az, w=1/z, w=z2 - Bilinear transformation.

UNIT IV COMPLEX INTEGRATION 12

Contour integrals, Cauchy- Goursat theorem (without proof) - Cauchy Integral
formula (without proof) - Taylor's series - Zeroes of Analytic functions -
Singularities - Laurent's Series - Residues – Cauchy Residue theorem (without
proof) – Application of Residue theorem for evaluation of real integrals – use of
circular contour and semicircular contour(without poles on real axis).

UNIT V LAPLACE TRANSFORM 12

Existence conditions – Transforms of elementary functions – Transform of
Unit step function and Unit impulse function – Basic properties – Shifting
29
 Syllabus CCE
theorems – Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Initial and Final value
theorems – Convolution theorem – Transform of Periodic functions –
Application of solution of linear second order ordinary differential equations
with constant coefficients.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ramana.B.V., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Erwin Kresizg, “Advance Engineering Mathematics”, 9th Edition, John
Wiley &Sons, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Dass, H.K., and Er. Rajnish Verma, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”,
S.Chand Private Ltd., 2011.
2. Glyn James, “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics”, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2010.
3. Peter V.O'Neil, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 7th Edition, Cengage
learning, 2012.
4. E.A.Coddinton, “An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations”,
Prentice Hall India, 1995.
5. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 40th
Edition, 2014.
6. N.P.Bali and Manish Goyal, “A text Book of Engineering Mathematics”,
Laxmi Publications, Reprint 2008.

WEB COURSES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107036/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105134/
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-04-complex-variables-
with-applications-spring-2018/
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-02-multivariable-
calculus-fall-2007/
5. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-
2011/lecture-notes/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-
2011/video-lectures/lecture-1-introduction/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/course.php?id=90

30
 Syllabus CCE
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Compute the derivatives of scalar point, vector point functions and
evaluate line, surface and volume integrals of vector point functions using
Stokes, Greens, and Gauss divergence theorems. (K3)
2. Solve Ordinary differential equations of second and higher order with
constant coefficients, variable coefficients and simultaneous linear
differential equations. (K3)
3. Construct an analytic function and find the harmonic conjugate, apply the
properties of analytic functions to check for harmonic and orthogonal
functions and find the images of regions, straight lines and points in the Z-
plane under the mappings
1
w = z + a, w = az, w = , w = z 2
z and bilinear transformation. (K3)
4. Find the Taylor's series about a point and Laurent's series in an annular
region of analytic functions and Evaluate integrals of analytic functions and
real integrals over circular and semicircular contour using Cauchy Goursat
theorem, Cauchy integral formula and Cauchy Residue theorem. (K3)
5. Find the Laplace transforms of simple and periodic functions by applying
the definition and theorems on Laplace transforms. (K3)
6. Determine the Inverse Laplace transform using the theorems, the method
of partial fractions, Convolution and solve linear second order ordinary
differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms.
(K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO6 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

31
 Syllabus CCE
SEMESTER - II
20HSEN201 L T P C
TECHNICAL ENGLISH - II
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To strengthen the listening skills for comprehending and critically
analyzing passages
●
l To enhance students’ ability with multiple strategies and skills for making
technical presentations
●
l To participate in group discussions for developing group attitude
●
l To develop skills for preparing effective job application
●
l To write effective technical reports

UNIT I LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 9

Listening – Listening conversations involving two participants – multiple
participants – Speaking – conversation methods in real life occurrences using
expressions of different emotions and imperative usages – Reading passages
and short stories - Writing – preparation of checklist – extended definition –
Language Development – tenses - subject - verb agreement

UNIT II VOCABULARY BUILDING 9

Listening – listening formal and informal conversation and participative
exercises – Speaking - creating greetings/wishes/excuses and thanks –
Reading – articles/novels-Writing summary of articles and concise writing
identifying new words – homonyms, homophones, homographs – one-word
substitutions – easily confused words - creating SMS and using emoticons -
sharing information in social media. Language Development - reported
speeches – regular and irregular verbs - idioms & phrases

UNIT III WRITING TECHNICAL REPORTS 9

Listening – listening conversation – effective use of words and their sound
aspects, stress, intonation & pronunciation – Speaking - practicing telephonic
conversations – observing and responding. Reading – regular columns of
newspapers/magazines - Writing – reports – feasibility, accident, survey and
progress - preparation of agenda and minutes – Language Development -
using connectives – discourse markers

UNIT IV TECHNICAL WRITING 9

Listening – Model debates & documentaries - Speaking – expressing
agreement/disagreement, assertiveness in expressing opinions – Reading

32
 Syllabus CCE
biographies/autobiographies – Writing – note-making – formal letters –
inviting guests – acceptance/declining letters - Language Development –
degrees of comparison - numerical adjectives – embedded sentences

UNIT V GROUP DISCUSSION AND JOB APPLICATION 9

Listening – Listening - classroom lectures – recommending suggestions &
solutions – Speaking – participating in group discussion – learning GD
strategies – Reading – journal articles - Writing – Job application – cover letter
- résumé preparation – Language Development – purpose statement –
editing – verbal analogies.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Board of editors. Fluency in English: A Course book for Engineering and
Technology. Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad 2016.
2. Ashraf Rizvi. M, Effective Technical Communication. 2nd ed. McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2018.

REFERENCES
1. Bailey, Stephen. Academic Writing: A Practical Guide for Students.
Routledge, New York,2011.
2. Raman, Meenakshi and Sharma, Sangeetha. Technical Communication
Principles and Practice. Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Muralikrishnan& Mishra Sunitha, Communication skills for Engineers
2nd ed. Pearson, Tamilnadu, India 2011. P. Kiranmai and Rajeevan,
Geetha. Basic Communication Skills, Foundation Books, New Delhi,
2013.
4. Suresh Kumar, E. Engineering English. Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad,
2015
5. Richards, Jack C. Interchange Students’ Book – 2. Cambridge University
Press, New Delhi, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_hs21/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/
text/109106122/lec1.pdf
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3250/introduction-to-film-
studies/10

33
 Syllabus CCE
ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://www.ef.com/wwen/english-resources/
2. https://www.smilesforlearning.org/gclid=EAIaIQobChMI49DF9
bnd6AIVSY6PCh1d_gV9EAAYASAAEgIBPvD_BwE.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Acquire the ability to speak effectively in real life situations (K1)
2. Adapt group behaviour and execute the role as a contributing team
member (K1)
3. Employ active and passive vocabulary in oral and written communication
(K2)
4. Share opinions and suggestions effectively in conversations, debates and
discussions (K2)
5. Prepare winning job applications (K3)
6. Write technical reports convincingly (K3)

CO - PO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2

CO2 - 2 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 - - - 1 - - 2 - - 3 - -

CO4 - - - - - 2 - 3 - - - -

CO5 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2

CO6 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 2
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - II
20ESIT201 PYTHON PROGRAMMING L T P C
SDG NO. 4 WITH LABORATORY 3 0 2 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To Develop Python Programs with Conditionals and Loops
l To Use Python Data Structures – Lists, Tuples, Dictionaries, Sets
l To Define Python Functions and Work with Modules and Packages
l To Work with Python Classes, Objects and Handling Exceptions

UNIT I BASICS OF PYTHON PROGRAMMING 9

Python Interpreter and Interactive Mode - Features – History of Python –
Literals – Variables and Identifiers – Data Types – Input Operation –
Comments – Reserved Words – Indentation – Operators and Expressions –
Operator Precedence– Operations on Strings – Other Data types – Type
Conversion - Illustrative Programs: Use of various Operators, Evaluation of
expressions, String Operations.

UNIT II DECISION CONTROL STATEMENTS 9

Conditionals: Boolean Values and Operators, Conditional (if) - Alternative (if-
else) - Chained Conditional (if-elif-else) - Iteration: state - while - for - break -
continue - pass - Illustrative Programs: Exchange the Values of Two Variables -
Circulate the values of N Variables - Distance Between Two Points - Square
Root - GCD - Exponentiation - Sum and Array of Numbers.

UNIT III STRING, LISTS, TUPLES, DICTIONARIES, SETS 9

Strings: String Slices - Immutability - String functions and methods - String
Module - Lists: List Operations - List Slices - List methods - List Loop -
Mutability - Aliasing - Cloning lists - List Parameters - Tuples: Tuple
Assignment - Tuple as return value - Dictionaries: Operations and Methods -
Advanced List Processing - List Comprehension - Sets: Creating Sets –
Operations and Methods – Set Comprehension - Illustrative programs: Linear
Search - Binary Search - Selection Sort - Insertion Sort - Merge Sort -
Histogram.

UNIT IV FUNCTIONS, MODULES AND PACKAGES 9

Functions - Function Definition and Use - Flow of Execution - Parameters and
Arguments - Fruitful Functions: Return values - Parameters - Local and Global
Scope - Function Composition - Recursion - Modules – from-import Statement

35
 Syllabus CCE
– Name of Module – Making your own modules - Packages - Standard Library
Modules – globals(), locals() and reload() - Illustrative programs: Fibonacci
Series using functions - Arithmetic Operations using Module - Area of different
shapes using Packages.

UNIT V CLASSES, OBJECTS AND EXCEPTION HANDLING 9

Classes and Objects – Defining Classes – Creating Objects – Data Abstraction
and Hiding through Classes - init() method – Class Variables and Object
Variables – Introduction to Errors and Exception Handling – Handling
Exceptions – Multiple Except Blocks – else Clause – Raising Exceptions – Built-
in and User-defined Exceptions – Finally Block.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 15
1. Write a Python program to perform
a. Linear Search
b. Binary Search
2. Write a Python program to perform Selection Sort.
3. Write a Python program to sort the given numbers using Insertion Sort.
4. Write a Python program to do sorting using Merge sort.
5. Write a Python program to find first n prime numbers.
6. Write a Python program to Multiply two matrices.
7. Write a Python program to create Student class and instantiate its Object.
8. Write a Python License verification process using Exception handling.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ReemaThareja. “Python Programming Using Problem Solving Approach”,
Oxford University Press 2018.
2. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist”,
2nd edition, Updated for Python 3, O'Reilly Publishers, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. Guido van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, “An Introduction to Python”
Revised and updated for Python 3.2, Network Theory Ltd., 2011.
2. John V Guttag, “Introduction to Computation and Programming Using
Python”, Revised and expanded Edition, MIT Press , 2013.
3. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, “Introduction to
Programming in Python: An Inter-Disciplinary Approach”, Pearson India
Education Services Pvt. Ltd., 2016.

36
 Syllabus CCE
4. Timothy A. Budd, “Exploring Python”, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India)
Private Ltd., 2015.
5. Kenneth A. Lambert, “Fundamentals of Python: First Programs”,
CENGAGE Learning, 2012.
6. Charles Dierbach, “Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A
Computational Problem-Solving Focus”, Wiley India Edition, 2013.
7. Paul Gries, Jennifer Campbell and Jason Montojo, “Practical
Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science using Python 3”,
Second edition, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, 2013.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/
2. www.docs.python.org
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Describe the syntax, semantics and control flow statements of Python
programming. (K2)
2. Implement simple programs using control structures in Python. (K3)
3. Explain the methods to create and manipulate strings, lists, dictionaries,
tuples and sets. (K2)
4. Articulate the concepts of functions, modules and packages in Python.
(K2)
5. Implement simple programs using Python Data types and functions. (K3)
6. Apply the concepts of Exception handling, classes and objects. (K3)

CO - PO, MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - 1 2 1 2 - - - 1 - 3 3

CO2 1 2 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3

CO3 - 1 3 3 2 1 - - - - 1 3

CO4 1 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 3

CO5 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 1 2 3

CO6 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 1 2 3

37
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - II
20BSPH201 L T P C
PHYSICS OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To acquaint the electrical properties of materials.
l To present the principles of semiconductor physics and its applications.
l To educate the properties of magnetic and dielectric materials and their
uses.
l To introduce the bipolar junction transistors.
l To explicit the field effect transistors, power and display devices.

UNIT I ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 9

Classical free electron theory - Expression for electrical conductivity - Thermal
conductivity expression - Wiedemann-Franz law - Success and failures -
electrons in metals - Particle in a three dimensional box - degenerate states -
Fermi- Dirac statistics - Density of energy states - Electron in periodic
potential- Energy bands in solids - Tight binding approximation - Electron
effective mass- concept of hole.

UNIT II SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES 9

Semiconductors - Intrinsic, Extrinsic semiconductor, Carrier concentration,
PN junction diode- Current equations, Energy Band diagram, Diffusion and
drift current densities, forward and reverse bias characteristics, Transition
and Diffusion Capacitances, Switching Characteristics, Breakdown in PN
Junction Diodes, Special purpose diodes - Schottky barrier diode, Zener diode,
Varactor diode ,Tunnel diode, LASER diode and LDR.

UNIT III MAGNETIC AND DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 9

Magnetism in materials - magnetic field and induction - magnetization -
magnetic permeability and susceptibility - types of magnetic materials -
microscopic classification of magnetic materials - Ferromagnetism: origin and
exchange interaction - saturation magnetization and Curie temperature -
Domain Theory - Hysteresis phenomenon - Ferrites. Dielectric materials:
Polarization processes - dielectric loss - internal field - Clausius-Mosotti
relation - dielectric breakdown.

38
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT IV BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR 9
NPN -PNP -Operations-Early effect-Current equations – Input and Output
characteristics of CE, CB, CC - Hybrid -π model - h-parameter model, Ebers
Moll Model- Gummel Poon- model, Multi Emitter Transistor.

UNIT V FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS, POWER AND DISPLAY DEVICES 9

JFETs – Drain and Transfer characteristics,-Current equations-Pinch off
voltage and its significance- MOSFET- Characteristics- Threshold voltage -
Channel length modulation, D- MOSFET, E-MOSFET- Characteristics –
Comparison of MOSFET with JFET.Power Devices-UJT, SCR, Diac, Triac, Display
Devices-LED, LCD, Photo transistor, Opto Coupler, Solar cell, CCD.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald A Neaman, “Semi-conductor Physics and Devices”, Fourth Edition,
TataMcGrawHill Inc.2012.
2. Salivahanan.S, Suresh Kumar. N, Vallavaraj.A, “Electronic Devices and
circuits”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill,2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Robert Boylestadand Louis Nashelsky, “Electron Devices and Circuit
Theory”, Pearson Prentice Hall, 10th edition, July2008.
2. R.S.Sedha, “A Text Book of Applied Electronics” S.Chand Publications,
2006.
3. Yang, “Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices”, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1978.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the electrical properties of materials. (K1)
2. Analyze the principles of semiconductor physics and its applications.
(K2)
3. Explore the properties of magnetic and dielectric materials and their
uses. (K2)
4. Understand the theory, construction and operation of the bipolar
junction transistors. (K3)
5. Analyse the concept of field effect transistors, power and display devices
(K2)
6. Learn the concepts of Physics towards engineering applications.(K1)

39
 Syllabus CCE
CO - PO, PSO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 - 3 - - 1 2 -

CO2 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 3 -

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 -

CO4 1 1 3 1 - - 1 - 2 - - - 2 -

CO5 2 2 1 2 3 - 1 - 2 - - 1 2 -

CO6 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 - 2 - - 1 2 -

SEMESTER - II
20BSCY201 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE L T P C
SDG NO. 4,17 AND ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To study the nature and facts about environment
l To find and implement scientific, technological, economic and political
solutions to environmental problems
l To study the interrelationship between living organism and environment
l To provide the importance of environment by assessing its impact on the
human world; envision the surrounding environment, its functions and its
value
l To study the integrated themes and biodiversity, natural resources,
pollution control and waste management.
l
UNIT I ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY 10
Definition, scope and importance of environment – need for public awareness
– Ecosystem: concept of an ecosystem – structure and functions of an
ecosystem – producers, consumers and decomposers – energy flow in the
ecosystem – food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – ecological
succession. Introduction to biodiversity definition: genetic, species and
ecosystem diversity – values of biodiversity. Biodiversity at global, national
and local levels – India as a mega-diversity nation – hot-spots of biodiversity –
threats to biodiversity – man-wildlife conflicts – endangered and endemic
species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-situ conservation
of biodiversity. Field study of common plants, insects, birds; Field study of
simple ecosystems – pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

40
 Syllabus CCE

UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 9

Definition – causes, effects and control measures of: (a) Air pollution (b) Water
pollution (c) Soil pollution (d) Marine pollution (e) Noise pollution (f) Thermal
pollution (g) Nuclear hazards – solid waste management: causes, effects and
control measures of municipal solid wastes – role of an individual in
prevention of pollution – pollution case studies. Disaster management: floods,
earthquake, cyclone and landslides – nuclear accidents and holocaust – case
studies. Field study of local polluted site – Urban / Rural / Industrial
/Agricultural.

UNIT III NATURAL RESOURCES 9

Forest resources: Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies –
Water resources: Use and over- utilization of surface and ground water –
dams-benefits and problems, conflicts over water – Mineral resources:
Environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies
– Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, case studies – Energy resources:
Growing energy needs, use of alternate energy sources - renewable and non
renewable energy sources – Land resources: land degradation, man induced
landslides, soil erosion and desertification – role of an individual in
conservation of natural resources. Field study of local area to document
environmental assets – river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain.
UNIT IV SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 9
From unsustainable to sustainable development – Sustainable Development
Goals – Water conservation: rain water harvesting, watershed management –
Climate change: global warming, chemical and photochemical reactions in the
atmosphere – acid rain, ozone layer depletion – environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions – 12 Principles of green chemistry – Environmental
Legislation & Laws: Environment (Protection) Act – 1986 Air (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) act – Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act –
Wildlife protection act – Forest conservation act – The Biomedical Waste
(Management and Handling) Rules; 1998 and amendments - scheme of
labelling of environmentally friendly products (Ecomark) – Issues involved in
enforcement of environmental legislation - central and state pollution control
boards, role of non-governmental organization – Public awareness.

UNIT V HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT 8

Population growth, variation among nations – population explosion – family
welfare programme – environment and human health – human rights – value

41
 Syllabus CCE
education – HIV / AIDS – women and child welfare – Environmental Impact
Assessment(EIA) - role of information technology in environment and human
health – Case studies.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Benny Joseph, “Environmental Science and Engineering”, Tata McGraw-
Hill, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Gilbert M.Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and
Science”, 2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2004.

REFERENCES :
1. Dharmendra S. Sengar, “Environmental law”, Prentice hall of India Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, 2007.
2. Erach Bharucha, “Textbook of Environmental Studies”, Universities
Press(I) Pvt Ltd., Hydrabad, 2015.
3. G. Tyler Miller and Scott E. Spoolman, “Environmental Science”, Cengage
Learning India Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2014.
4. Rajagopalan. R, “Environmental Studies-From Crisis to Cure”, Oxford
University Press, 2005.

OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, student should be able to
1. Understand the relationship between the environment and human
activities to maintain the ecological balance. (K1)
2. Identify societal issues and implement suitable technological solutions to
eradicate. (K3)
3. Acquire skills for scientific problem solving related to environmental
pollution and Disaster Management. (K3)
4. Disseminate the need for the natural resources and its application to meet
the modern requirements. (K2)
5. Aware of environmental issues and Protection Acts to achieve the
Sustainable Development Goals. (K2)
6. Recognize the need for population control measures and the
environmental based value.education concepts for attaining an eco-
friendly environment. (K2)

42
 Syllabus CCE
CO - PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1 1 - 2

CO2 2 2 2 - 2 2 3 1 2 2 - 2

CO3 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1

CO4 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

CO5 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - - - 1 -

CO6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SEMESTER - II
20ESGE201 ENGINEERING PRACTICES L T P C
SDG NO. 4,9,12 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
l To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on various
basic engineering practices in Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Civil
and Mechanical Engineering

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

1. Residential house wiring using switches, fuse, indicator, lamp and energy
meter.
2. Fluorescent lamp wiring.
3. Stair case wiring.
4. Measurement of electrical quantities – voltage, current, power & power
factor in RLC circuit.
5. Measurement of energy using single phase energy meter.
6. Measurement of resistance to earth of electrical equipment.

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING PRACTICE

1. Study of Electronic components and equipments – Resistor, colour coding
measurement of AC signal parameter (peak-peak, rms period, frequency)
using CRO.
2. Study of logic gates AND, OR, EX-OR and NOT.
3. Generation of Clock Signal.

43
 Syllabus CCE
4. Soldering practice – Components, Devices and Circuits – Using general
purpose PCB.
5. Measurement of ripple factor of HWR and FWR.

CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Buildings: Study of plumbing and carpentry components of residential and
industrial buildings, safety aspects.

Plumbing Works:
1. Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves, taps, couplings,
unions, reducers, elbows in household fittings.
2. Study of pipe connections requirements for pumps and turbines.
3. Preparation of plumbing line sketches for water supply and sewage works.
4. Hands-on-exercise: Basic pipe connections – Mixed pipe material
connection – Pipe connections with different joining components.
5. Demonstration of plumbing requirements of high-rise buildings.

Carpentry using Power Tools only:

1. Study of the joints in roofs, doors, windows and furniture.
2. Hands-on-exercise: Wood work, joints by sawing, planing and cutting.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Welding:
1. Preparation of butt joints, lap joints and T- joints by Shielded metal arc
welding.
2. Gas welding practice.

Basic Machining:
1. Simple Turning and Taper turning.
2. Drilling Practice.

Sheet Metal Work:

1. Forming & Bending.
2. Model making – Trays and funnels.
3. Different type of joints.

Machine assembly practice:

1. Study of centrifugal pump.
2. Study of air conditioner.
44
 Syllabus CCE
Demonstration on:
1. Smithy operations, upsetting, swaging, setting down and bending.
Example – Exercise – Production of hexagonal headed bolt.
2. Foundry operations like mould preparation for gear and step cone pulley.
3. Fitting – Exercises – Preparation of square fitting and V – fitting models.
Total : 45 PERIODS
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS
1. Electrical
1 Assorted electrical components for house wiring 15 Sets
2 Electrical measuring instruments 10 Sets
3 Study purpose items:
Iron box, fan and regulator, emergency lamp 1 Each
4 Megger (250V/500V) 1 No
5 Power Tools:
Range Finder 2 Nos
Digital Live-wire detector 2 Nos

2. Electronics
1 Soldering guns 10 Nos
2 Assorted electronic components for making circuits 50 Nos
3 Small PCBs 10 Nos
4 Multimeters 10 Nos

3. Civil
1 Assorted components for plumbing consisting of metallic
pipes, plastic pipes, flexible pipes, couplings, unions, elbows,
plugs and other fittings. 15 Sets
2 Carpentry vice (fitted to work bench) 15 Nos
3 Standard woodworking tools 15 Sets
4 Models of industrial trusses, door joints, furniture joints 5 each
5 Power Tools:
Rotary Hammer 2 Nos
Demolition Hammer 2 Nos
Circular Saw 2 Nos
Planer 2 Nos
Hand Drilling Machine 2 Nos
Jigsaw 2 Nos

4. Mechanical
1 Arc welding transformer with cables and holders 5 Nos
45
 Syllabus CCE
2 Welding booth with exhaust facility 5 Nos
3 Welding accessories like welding shield, chipping hammer,
wire brush, etc 5 Sets
4 Oxygen and acetylene gas cylinders, blow pipe and other
welding outfit. 2 Nos
5 Centre lathe 2 Nos
6 Hearth furnace, anvil and smithy tools 2 Sets
7 Moulding table, foundry tools 2 Sets
8 Power Tool: Angle Grinder 2 Nos
9 Study-purpose items: centrifugal pump, air-conditioner 1 each

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Elaborate on the components, gates, soldering practices. Calculate
electrical parameters such as voltage, current, resistance and power.
(K1)
2. Design and implement Rectifier and Timer circuits (K2)
3. Measure the electrical energy by single phase and three phase energy
meters. (K2)
4. Prepare the carpentry and plumbing joints. (K2)
5. Perform different types of welding joints and sheet metal works (K2)
6. Perform different machining operations in lathe and drilling. (K2)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1

CO3 2 2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1

CO4 1 1 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 1 2

CO5 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO6 2 1 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 1 2

46
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - II
20ECPL201 CIRCUITS AND DEVICES L T P C
SDG NO. 4 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l Analyse the characteristics of basic electronic devices
l Design RL and RC circuits
l Verify KVL & KCL, Thevinin, Norton and Super Position Theorems
l Verify Reciprocity and Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
l Analyse the characteristics of Wave shaping circuits and Rectifier

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Characteristics of PN Junction Diode.
2. Zener diode Characteristics & Regulator using Zener diode .
3. Common Emitter input-output Characteristics.
4. Common Base input-output Characteristics.
5. FET Characteristics.
6. SCR Characteristics.
7. Clipper and Clamper & FWR.
8. Verifications of Thevinin & Norton theorem.
9. Verifications of KVL & KCL.
10. Verifications of Super Position Theorem.
11. Verifications of maximum power transfer & reciprocity theorem.
12. Determination of Resonance Frequency of Series & Parallel RLC Circuits.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LAB REQUIREMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS /

2 STUDENTS PER EXPERIMENT:
S.No. EQUIPMENTS
1. BC 107, BC 148, 2N2646, BFW10 - 25 each
2. 1N4007, Zener diodes - 25 each
3. Resistors, Capacitors, Inductors - sufficient quantities
4. Bread Boards - 15 Nos
5. CRO (30MHz) - 10 Nos
6. Function Generators (3MHz) - 10 Nos

47
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES :
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Analyze the characteristics of basic electronic devices . (K4)
2. Design RL and RC circuits. (K5)
3. Verify Thevinin& Norton theorem KVL & KCL, and Super Position
Theorems. (K6)
4. Test the performance of clipper and clamper & FWR. (K6)
5. Analyze the characteristics of basic electronic devices such as Diode, BJT,
FET and SCR. (K4)
6. Examine the input-output characteristics of CE and CB amplifiers. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 1 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 1 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 1 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 1 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

CO6 3 3 1 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

SEMESTER - II
20ECTE201 L T P C
PCB DESIGN
SDG NO. 9 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l Analyze and interpret test results and measurements on electric circuits
l To predict the performance of electric circuits from device characteristics
l Design an electronic printed circuit board for a specific application using
industry standard software

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Introduction to PCB and OrCAD software.
2. Designing of schematic.
3. Designing of capture from OrCAD and getting positive for PCB
manufacturing.

48
 Syllabus CCE
4. Soldering shop: Fabrication of DC regulated power supply.
5. PCB Lab: (a) Artwork & printing of a simple PCB. (b) Etching & drilling
of PCB.
6. Wiring & fitting shop: Fitting of power supply along with a meter in
cabinet.
7. Testing of regulated power supply fabricated.
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

LAB REQUIREMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS /

2 STUDENTS PER EXPERIMENT:
S.No. EQUIPMENTS
1. Copper cladded base board -15 Nos.
2. Hand Drilling machine -15 Nos.
3. Soldering guns -15 Nos.
4. Assorted electronic components for making circuits -50 Nos.
5. OrCAD software (15 users)
6. Copper solvent -as required
7. PCs - 15 Nos -15 Nos.

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, the student should be able to
1. Analyze the fabrication processes of printed circuit boards.
2. Perform the chemical processes by using negative/positive masks.
3. Perform the mechanical processes by using drilling, etching/routing,
milling equipments as well as the developer and etcher machines.
4. Operate ORCAD software and design the PCB using ORCAD software.
5. Fabricate and test the PCB for regulated power supply.

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 3 3 2 1 - - - - 2 1 2 2

CO2 2 1 2 3 1 1 - - - - 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 2 1 3 2

CO5 3 2 2 3 1 1 - - - - 3 2 2 3

49
 Syllabus CCE
SEMESTER - II
20TPHS201 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4&5 0 0 2 1
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the nuances in resume building
l To explore various virtual meeting tools
l To gain knowledge about online certification courses
l To develop knowledge in Google Suite products
l To enhance presentation skills

UNIT I RESUME BUILDING 6

Your Strength, Projects, Internship, Paper Presentation, uploading your
coding in github, Introduction to HackerRank, HackerEarth virtual online
assessment (Auto Proctored) (Practicals - Construct a resume, Register for a
online Mock Assessment / Contest)

UNIT II VIRTUAL MEETINGS 6

Basic Etiquette of virtual meeting – Introduction to Skype - Zoom - Webex -
Google Meet - Gotowebinar - Jio meet – Screen Share - Jamboard - Feedback
polling - Chatbox
(Practicals - Accept and Register for a mock class to attend - How to host a
meeting).

UNIT III ONLINE LEARNING 6

Online Certification - Coursera – Udemy – Edx – Cisco – Online Practice
Platforms - SkillRack – Myslate - FACEprep - BYTS - aptimithra - Contest
Registrations - TCS Campus Commune - HackwithInfy, InfyTQ - Virtusa
NurualHack - Mindtree Osmosis – Online assessment - AMCAT-PGPA.
(Practicals - Campus Commune Registration , Coursera registration - Mock
Registration (KAAR Technologies as sample).

UNIT IV GOOGLE SUITE 8

Define google suite - Benefits of google suite - Google Search - Sheet - Docs -
Forms - Calender - Drive - Slide - Translate - Duo - Earch - Maps - Hangouts-
Sites - Books - Blogger
(Practicals – Create google sheets and share - Create google Forms and share,
Create Google Slide and share , Google drive creation and share (Knowledge of
Rights), Create poll and share.

50
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V PRESENTATION SKILLS 4
Email Writing – Group Discussion - Power Point Presentation
(Practicals- Create a self SWOT Analysis report. A PowerPoint Slide
Preparation)
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
WEB REFERENCES :
Unit I: Resume Building:
1. https://zety.com/blog/resume-tips
2. https://resumegenius.com/blog/resume-help/how-to-write-a-resume
3. https://www.hackerearth.com/recruit/
4. https://www.hackerrank.com/about-us

Unit – II:Virtual Meetings

1. https://www.claphamschool.org/our-community/blog/online-
learning-etiquette-guide-14-principles-to-guide-students
2. h t t p s : / / o n l i n e . h b s . e d u / b l o g / p o s t / v i r t u a l - i n t e r v i e w -
tips?c1=GAW_SE_NW&source=IN_GEN_DSA&cr2=search__-__nw__-
__in__-__dsa__-__general&kw=dsa__-__general& cr5=459341920955&cr7
=c&gclid=Cj0KCQjw8fr7BRDSARIsAK0Qqr4dRRbboL3kltrwDsr7hm8oI
HtN5dfjD3NIFZULuzNwEXxhjpNFQ2caApn5EALw_wcB
3. https://hygger.io/blog/top-10-best-group-meeting-apps-business/
4. https://www.zdnet.com/article/best-video-conferencing-software-
and-services-for-business/

Unit – III:Online Learning

1. https://www.coursera.org/browse
2. https://support.udemy.com/hc/en-us/articles/229603868-Certificate-
of-Completion
3. https://www.edx.org/course/how-to-learn-online
4. https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/training-events/training-
certifications/certifications.html
5. https://campuscommune.tcs.com/en-in/intro
6. https://www.freshersnow.com/tcs-campus-commune-registration/
7. https://www.infosys.com/careers/hackwithinfy.html
8. https://www.mindtree.com/blog/osmosis-2013-my-experiences
9. https://www.myamcat.com/knowing-amcat
10. https://www.admitkard.com/blog/2020/02/06/amcat/

51
 Syllabus CCE

Unit IV: Google Suite

1. https://www.inmotionhosting.com/blog/what-is-g-suite-and-why-
should-i-consider-using-it/
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/G_Suite
3. https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/google-suite
4. https://kinsta.com/blog/g-suite/

Unit V: Presentation Skills

1. https://www.mindtools.com/CommSkll/EmailCommunication.htm
2. https://www.grammarly.com/blog/email-writing-tips/
3. https://business.tutsplus.com/articles/how-to-write-a-formal-email--
cms-29793
4. https://www.softwaretestinghelp.com/how-to-crack-the-gd/
5. https://www.mbauniverse.com/group-discussion/tips
6. https://slidemodel.com/23-powerpoint-presentation-tips-creating-
engaging-interactive-presentations/
7. https://business.tutsplus.com/articles/37-effective-powerpoint-
presentation-tips--cms-25421
8 https://blog.prezi.com/9-tips-on-how-to-make-a-presentation-a-
success/
9. http://www.garrreynolds.com/preso-tips/design/

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, the student should be able to
1. Construct a suitable resume and registration procedure for online mock
assessments. (K1)
2. Handle various virtual meeting tools. (K3)
3. Acquire exposure about online certification courses. (K4)
4. Get involved and work in a collaborative manner. (K2)
5. Gain knowledge in various presentation methodologies. (K1)
6. Apply knowledge to practice Google suite features and SWOT analysis. (K3)

52
 Syllabus CCE
CO – PO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

SEMESTER - II
20HSMG201 L T P C
INTERPERSONAL VALUES
SDG NO. 4 & 5 2 0 0 0

OBJECTIVES:
l Values through Practical activities

UNIT I INTERPERSONAL VALUES 6

Interpersonal Relationships and Values – Importance and Barriers – Building
and maintain relationships – Mutual understanding – Respect to others.

UNIT II EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION 6

Communication skills –Importance and Barriers - Impressive formation and
management – Public speaking

UNIT III GROUP DYNAMICS 6

Group formation –Teamwork – Identify others attitude and behaviour –
Formation of relationship – Personal and professional.

UNIT IV MUTUAL RELATIONSHIP 6

Building mutual understanding and cooperation – Enhancing decision making
skills – Problem solving skills – Comparative Appraisal – Interpersonal needs.

53
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V POSITIVE ATTITUDE 6
Fostering trust and cooperation – Developing and maintain positive attitude –
Improving socialization – Development of security and comfort.
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
Note: Each topic in all the above units will be supplemented by practice
exercises and classroom activities and projects.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Barun K. Mitra, “Personality Development and Soft Skills”, Oxford
University Press, 2016.
2. B.N.Ghosh, “Managing Soft Skills for Personality Development”, McGraw
Hill India, 2012.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Develop a healthy relationship & harmony with others. (K1)
2. Practice respecting every human being. (K3)
3. Practice to eradicate negative temperaments. (K3)
4. Acquire Respect, Honesty, Empathy, Forgiveness and Equality. (K4)
5. Manage the cognitive abilities of an Individual. (K5)
6. Understanding the importance of public speaking and teamwork. (K2)

CO – PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO4 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO5 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO6 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

54
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - III
20ITPC301 L T P C
DATA STRUCTURES
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concepts of ADT’s
l To learn Linear Data Structures – Lists, Stacks, and Queues
l To understand Sorting, Searching and Hashing Algorithms
l To learn Dynamic Data Structures - Tree and Graph

UNIT I LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – I 9

Stacks and Queues : Abstract Data Types (ADTs) – Stack ADT – Operations -
Applications - Evaluating arithmetic expressions- Conversion of In ix to
Post ix expression - Queue ADT – Operations - Circular Queue – Priority Queue
–Dequeue – Applications of Queues.

UNIT II LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – II 9

Linked List: List ADT – Array-Based Implementation – Linked List
Implementation –– Singly Linked Lists- Circularly Linked Lists- Doubly-Linked
Lists – Applications of Lists –Polynomial Manipulation – All Operations
(Insertion, Deletion, Merge, Traversal).

UNIT III NON LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – I 9

Trees : Tree ADT – Tree Traversals - Binary Tree ADT – Expression Trees –
Applications of Trees – Binary Search Tree ADT –Threaded Binary Trees- AVL
Trees – B-Tree - B+ Tree -Heap – Applications of Heap.

UNIT IV NON LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – II 9

Graphs : De inition – Representation of Graph – Types of Graph – Breadth First
Traversal –Depth First Traversal – Topological Sort – Bi-Connectivity – Cut
Vertex – Euler Circuits – Dijkstra‟s algorithm – Bellman-Ford algorithm –
Floyd's Algorithm - minimum spanning tree – Prim's and Kruskal's algorithms
– Applications of Graphs.

UNIT V SEARCHING, SORTING AND HASHING TECHNIQUES 9

Searching- Linear Search - Binary Search - Sorting - Bubble Sort - Selection Sort
- Insertion Sort - Shell Sort – Radix Sort – Hashing- Hash Functions – Separate
Chaining – Open Addressing – Rehashing – Extendible Hashing.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

55
 Syllabus CCE
TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. A. Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Pearson
Education Asia, 2002.
2. Reema Thareja, “Data Structures Using C”, Second Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L.Rivest, Clifford Stein,
“Introduction to Algorithms", Second Edition, Mcgraw Hill, 2002.
2. Stephen G. Kochan, “Programming in C”, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.
3. Aho, Hopcroft and Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson
Education, 1983.
4. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, Susan Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C”, Second Edition, University Press, 2008.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://www.programiz.com/dsa
2. http://masterraghu.com/subjects/Datastructures/ebooks/
remathareja.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Implement abstract data types for linear data structures.(K3)
2. Implement abstract data types for non-linear data structure.(K3)
3. Apply the different linear and non-linear data structures to problem
solutions.(K3)
4. Implement the various sorting and searching algorithms. (K3)
5. Solve Problem involving Graph, Trees and Heap. (K3)
6. Choose appropriate data structures to solve real world problems
ef iciently.(K3)

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 1 1

CO2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 1 1

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 1

CO4 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 0 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO5 2 2 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 1 2 2 1 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 1 2 2

56
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - III
20CCPC301
DIGITAL LOGICS AND SYSTEM DESIGN L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To study various number systems and simplify the logical expressions
using Boolean functions.
l To study combinational circuits.
l To design various synchronous and asynchronous circuits.
l To introduce asynchronous sequential circuits and PLDs
l To introduce digital simulation for development of application oriented
logic circuits.

UNIT I NUMBER SYSTEMS AND DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES 9

Review of number systems, binary codes, error detection and correction codes
(Parity and Hamming code) – Digital Logic Families -comparison of RTL, DTL,
TTL, ECL and MOS families -operation, characteristics of digital logic family.

UNIT II COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS 9

Combinational logic – representation of logic functions-SOP and POS forms, K-
map representations – minimization using K maps – simpli ication and
implementation of combinational logic – multiplexers and de multiplexers –
code converters, adders, subtractors, Encoders and Decoders

UNIT III SYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 9

Sequential logic- SR, JK, D and T lip lops – level triggering and edge triggering
– counters asynchronous and synchronous type – Modulo counters – Shift
registers – design of synchronous sequential circuits – Moore and Melay
models- Counters, state diagram; state reduction; state assignment.

UNIT IV ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS AND

PROGRAMMABILITY LOGIC DEVICES 9
Asynchronous sequential logic circuits-Transition table, low table-race
conditions, hazards &errors in digital circuits; analysis of asynchronous
sequential logic circuits introduction to Programmability Logic Devices:
PROM – PLA –PAL, CPLD-FPGA.

UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO VERILOG HDL 9

Structure of Verilog module, Operators, data types, Styles of description- Data
low description, Behavioral description, Implement logic gates,
57
 Syllabus CCE
Combinational circuits using Verilog data low description.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Morris Mano and Michael D. Ciletti, "Digital Design", 5th edition, Prentice
Hall of India,2012(Unit I – IV)
2. Samir Palnitkar, "Verilog HDL", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003
(Unit V)

REFERENCES:
1. Mandal, Digital Electronics Principles and Application, McGraw Hill Edu,
2013.
2. Thomas L.Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, 11th edition, Pearson Education,
2015.
3. D.P.Kothari, J.S.Dhillon, Digital circuits and Design,Pearson Education,
2016.
4. J Bhasker, “Verilog Hdl Primer”, 3rd Edition, Bs Publications, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee51/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106086/
3. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/224645209_Online_
Development_of_Digit al_Logic_Design_Course

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/digital-electronics-logic-design/
2. https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/programmable/
support/training/course/ohdl1120.html

OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Analyze the Number Systems, Error Correction and Detection codes and
Digital Logic Families (K4).
2. Design the Combinational Circuits using Reduction Techniques like
Boolean laws and theorems, K-map. (K5)
3. Develop and Stimulate the VERILOG code for digital circuits (K6)
4. Analyze and Design Synchronous Sequential digital circuits. (K4)
5. Design of Asynchronous Sequential digital circuits. (K5)
6. Apply the logic Functions in PLA, PAL, PROM, CPLD &FPGA. (K3)

58
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO,PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 - 2 - - - - 1 1 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 - 1 3 - 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 1 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2 2

CO5 3 3 2 1 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2 2

CO6 3 2 - - 1 - 1 1 - 1 2 3 2 2

SEMESTER - III
20ECPC303 L T P C
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 3,4,11 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the fundamentals and properties of signal & systems
l To know the methods of characterization of LTI systems in time domain
and frequency domain
l To analyze continuous time signals and system using Fourier and Laplace
transforms
l To analyze discrete time signals and system using Fourier and Z
transforms
l To analyze analog and discrete time systems, connected in series and
parallel

UNIT I CLASSIFICATION OF SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 9

Standard signals- Step, Ramp, Pulse, Impulse, Real and complex exponentials
and Sinusoids_ Representation of Continuous and discrete time signals,
Classification of signals – Continuous time (CT) and Discrete Time (DT)
signals, Periodic & Aperiodic signals, Deterministic & Random signals, Energy
& Power signals - Classification of systems-CT systems and DT systems- –
Linear & Nonlinear, Time-variant & Time-invariant, Causal & Non-causal,
Stable & Unstable.

UNIT II ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS TIME SIGNALS 9

Fourier series representation of continuous time periodic signals - properties
59
 Syllabus CCE
of continuous time Fourier series, Fourier Transform of continuous time
aperiodic signals and periodic signals, properties of continuous time Fourier
transform - Laplace Transforms and properties.

UNIT III LINEAR TIME INVARIANT CONTINUOUS TIME SYSTEMS 9

Impulse response - convolution integrals- Properties of continuous time LTI
system - Differential Equation- Causal continuous time LTI system described
by differential equations -Fourier and Laplace transforms in Analysis of CT
systems - Systems connected in series / parallel.

UNIT IV ANALYSIS OF DISCRETE TIME SIGNALS 9

Baseband signal Sampling – properties of discrete time LTI system, Causal
discrete time LTI system described by difference equations. Fourier series
representation of discrete time periodic signals, properties of discrete time
Fourier series, Fourier Transform of discrete time signals (DTFT) – Properties
of DTFT - Z Transform & Properties.

UNIT V LINEAR TIME INVARIANT-DISCRETE TIME SYSTEMS 9

Impulse response – Difference equations-Convolution sum-Discrete Fourier
Transform and Z Transform Analysis of Recursive & Non-Recursive systems-
DT systems connected in series and parallel.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Allan V.Oppenheim, S.Wilsky and S.H.Nawab, “Signals and Systems”,
Pearson, 2015. (Unit 1- V).

REFERENCES:
1. B. P. Lathi, “Principles of Linear Systems and Signals”, Second Edition,
Oxford, 2009.
2. R.E.Zeimer, W.H.Tranter and R.D.Fannin, “Signals & Systems - Continuous
and Discrete”, Pearson, 2007.
3. John Alan Stuller, “An Introduction to Signals and Systems”, Thomson,
2007.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/signals_and_systems/index.htm

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-

60
 Syllabus CCE
2011/lecture-notes/
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-
2011/assignments/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Classify the signals and systems. (K2)
2. Represent signals in the time domain and frequency domain. (K3)
3. Determine the Fourier/ Laplace of functions using the fundamental
formulae and using their properties for continuous time functions.(K3)
4. Compute the response of the LTI system in the time domain and frequency
domain. (K3)
5. Convert Continuous time signals to discrete time signals and determine Z
transform using the fundamental formulae and using their properties for
discrete time systems. (K2)
6. Realize systems in Direct form I / II or in parallel. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 2

CO2 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 2

CO3 3 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2

CO4 3 3 1 2 1 - - - - - - - 1 2

CO5 3 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 2

CO6 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2

61
 Syllabus CCE
SEMESTER - III
20ITPC303 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 ARCHITECTURE 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the basic structure and operations of a Computer
l To study the implementation of Fixed-Point and Floating Point Arithmetic
unit
l To understand Parallelism and Multi-core processors using Pipelined
execution
l To understand the Cache memories, Virtual memories and
Communication of I/O devices

UNIT I BASIC STRUCTURE OF A COMPUTER SYSTEM 7

Functional Units – Basic Operational Concepts – Performance – Instructions:
Language of the Computer – Operations, Operands – Instruction
representation – Logical operations –Decision Making – MIPS Addressing.

UNIT II ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS IN PROCESSORS 11

Addition and Subtraction – Multiplication – Division – Floating Point
Representation – Floating Point Operations – Subword Parallelism.

UNIT III PROCESSOR AND CONTROL UNIT 11

A Basic MIPS implementation – Building a Datapath – Control Implementation
Scheme – Pipelining – Pipelined Datapath and Control – Handling Data
Hazards & Control Hazards – Exceptions.

UNIT IV PARALLELISM 7
Parallel Processing Challenges – Flynn's classi ication – SISD, MIMD, SIMD,
SPM and Vector Architectures – Hardware multithreading – Multi-core
processors and other Shared Memory Multiprocessors – Introduction to
Graphics Processing Units, Clusters, Warehouse Scale Computers and other
Message-Passing Multiprocessors.

UNIT V MEMORY AND I/O SYSTEMS 9

Memory Hierarchy – memory technologies – Cache Memory – Measuring and
Improving Cache Performance – Virtual Memory, TLB's – Accessing I/O
Devices – Interrupts – Direct Memory Access – Bus structure – Bus Operation –
Arbitration – Interface circuits – USB.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
62
 Syllabus CCE
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and
Design: The Hardware/Software Interface”, Fifth Edition, Morgan
Kaufmann / Elsevier, 2014.
2. Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky and NaraigManjikian,
“Computer Organization and Embedded Systems”, Sixth Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing
for Performance”, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Third Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson, “Computer Architecture – A
Quantitative Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann / Elsevier Publishers, Fifth
Edition, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106147/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the physical and logical aspects of Computer System (K2)
2. Analyze the various parameters of the processor to improve system
performance. (K4)
3. Evaluate the ixed and loating point arithmetic operations. (K5)
4. Design data path and control unit of computer system (K6)
5. Understand parallel processing architectures with pipelining and
avoidance of hazards (K2)
6. De ine the various components of computer system hardware (K1)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 3

CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3

CO5 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3

CO6 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3
63
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - III
20BSMA301 LINEAR ALGEBRA, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL L T P C
SDG NO. 4 EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS 3 1 0 4
OBJECTIVES:
l The aim of this course is to impart knowledge in the concepts of linear
algebra as a prerequisite for the recent thrust areas of technological
advancement
l To know the importance of partial differential equations in modeling
various engineering problems
l To introduce the techniques of Fourier and Z- Transforms to analyze
continuous and discrete signals

UNIT I VECTOR SPACES 15

Vector spaces – Subspaces – Linear combinations– Linear independence and
linear dependence – Bases and dimensions.

UNIT II LINEAR TRANSFORMATION AND INNER PRODUCT SPACES 15

Linear transformation - Null and range spaces - Dimension theorem
(Statement only) - Matrix of a linear transformation - Inner product - norm -
Gram Schmidt orthogonalization process.

UNIT III PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Formation of partial differential equations – Singular integrals - Solutions of
standard types of first order partial differential equations - Lagrange's linear
equation - Integral surface passing through a given curve - Linear partial
differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients of
both homogeneous and non-homogeneous types.

UNIT IV FOURIER TRANSFORMS 9

Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transform pair – Fourier sine
and cosine transforms – Properties – Transforms of simple functions –
Convolution theorem – Parseval's identity.

UNIT V Z - TRANSFORMS AND DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS 9

Z-transforms - Elementary properties – Inverse Z-transform (using partial
fraction and residues) – Initial and final value theorems - Convolution theorem
- Formation of difference equations – Solution of difference equations using Z -
transform.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

64
 Syllabus CCE
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Friedberg A.H., Insel A.J. and Spence L., “Linear Algebra”, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 2004. Unit I (Sec. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 (linear combinations only),
1.5 & 1.6), Unit II (Sec. 2.1, 2.2, 6.1 & 6.2) (In Units I & II to include theorem
statements only).
2. Veerarajan T., "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations", Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition, New Delhi. Unit III (Sec. 1.2,
1.5, 1.7, 1.11, 1.13, 1.14), Unit IV (Sec. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.6), Unit V(Sec. 5.1, 5.2,
5.3, 5.4, 5.5).

REFERENCES:
1. Strang G., “Linear Algebra and its applications”, Thomson (Brooks/Cole),
New Delhi, 2005.
2. Lay D. C., “Linear Algebra and its Applications”, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2015.
3. Kumaresan S., “Linear Algebra – A Geometric Approach”, Prentice – Hall of
India, New Delhi, Reprint, 2010.
4. James G., “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson
Education, 2007.

WEB RESOURCES
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-
2011/lecture-notes/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/106/111106135/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/103/111103021/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.khanacademy.org/math/linear-algebra
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-06-linear-algebra-
spring-2010/video-lectures/
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3244/advanced-engineering-
mathematics

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Determine the basis and dimension of a finite dimensional vector space.
(K3)
2. Compute the Matrix, Range space and Null space of a linear
transformation. (K3)
3. Construct orthonormal bases for inner product spaces using Gram
Schmidt process. (K3)
65
 Syllabus CCE
4. Formulate and Solve Linear and non-linear Partial differential equations.
(K3)
5. Find the Fourier transform, Inverse Fourier Transform, Fourier sine and
cosine transforms of simple functions. (K3)
6. Apply Z-transforms to solve difference equations. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO6 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1

SEMESTER - III
20ITPL301 L T P C
DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
l To implement Linear and Non-linear Data Structures
l To understand the different operations of Search Trees
l To implement Graph Traversal algorithms
l To get familiarized to Sorting and Searching algorithm

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Array implementation of Stack and Queue ADTs
2. Array implementation of List ADT
3. Linked list implementation of List, Stack and Queue ADTs
4. Applications of List, Stack and Queue ADTs
5. Implementation of Binary Trees and operations of Binary Trees
6. Implementation of Binary Search Trees
7. Implementation of AVL Trees
8. Implementation of Heaps using Priority Queues
9. Graph representation and Traversal algorithms
66
 Syllabus CCE
10. Applications of Graphs- Implementation of searching and sorting
algorithms
11. Implementation of any two Collision Techniques in Hashing
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS :
Turbo C/Dev C++, Borland C

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Write functions to implement linear and non-linear data structure
operations. [K1]
2. Suggest appropriate linear / non-linear data structure operations for
solving a given problem. [K2]
3. Design and analyze the time and space ef iciency of data structure.[K2]
4. Apply sorting and searching techniques. [K3]
5. Apply appropriate hash functions that result in a collision free scenario for
data storage and retrieval. [K3]
6. Choose and implement ef icient data structures and apply them to solve
problems. [K3]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 2 3 1 2 1 1 - - - - 2 2

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - 2 3

CO3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2 3

CO5 1 2 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 1

CO6 1 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1

SEMESTER - III
20CCPL301 DIGITAL CIRCUITS L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the various basic logic gates
l To design and implement the various combinational circuits

67
 Syllabus CCE
l To design and implement combinational circuits using MSI devices.
l To design and implement sequential circuits
l To understand and code with HDL programming

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Verify
(a) Demorgan’s Theorem for 2 variables.
(b) The sum-of product and product-of-sum expressions using
universal gates.
2. Design and implement
(a) Full Adder using basic logic gates.
(b) Full subtractor using basic logic gates.
3. Design and implement 4-bit Parallel Adder/ subtractor using IC 7483
4. Design and Implementation of 4-bit Magnitude Comparator using IC 7485.
5. Demonstrate Multiplexer and Demultiplexer
6. Implement Encoder and Decoder
7. Implement shift register using sequential circuit
8. Realize the Mod-N Counter using Ic7490.
9. Simulate Combinational circuits using Verilog HDL.
10. Simulate sequential circuits using Verilog HDL.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LAB REQUIREMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS / 2 STUDENTS PER

EXPERIMENT:
S.No. EQUIPMENTS
1. Digital trainer kits – 30
2. Digital ICs required for the experiments in suf icient numbers
3. HDL simulator

OUTCOMES
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to:
1. Analyze simpli ied combinational circuits using basic logic gates. (K4)
2. Illustrate the basics of Adder and subtractor. (K3)
3. Evaluate combinational circuits using MSI devices. (K5)
4. Design sequential circuits like registers and counters. (K6)
5. Simulate combinational and sequential circuits using HDL. (K6)
6. Simulate sequential circuits using Verilog HDL. (K6)

68
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 - - - 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 - - - 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 2 - - - 1 2 - - - 3 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 - - - 3 3

CO5 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 - - - 3 3

CO6 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 - - - 3 3

SEMESTER - III
20CCTE301 L T P C
SDG NO. 4,11 &15 LIVE-IN-LAB - I
0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide opportunities for the students, expose to Industrial
environment and real time work
l To enable hands-on experience in the latest Software domain
l To be familiarized with the requirements of an enterprise and address its
major design areas
l To bring out the creativity in each student – build innovative applications
that are usable, effective and ef icient for intended users

COURSE METHODOLOGY:
1. This initiative is designed to inculcate ethical principles of research and to
get involve in life-long learning process for the students.
2. This course engages students with little or no programming experience to
create Java programs. Participants are introduced to object oriented
programming concepts, terminology, and syntax, and the steps required to
create basic Java programs using the Alice, Green foot, and Eclipse
interactive development environments. Hand-on practices igure
prominently throughout this course so students can experience irst-hand,
the power of computer programming.
3. To engage students in Information Technology beyond their robust
academic curriculum that sparks curiosity and imagination while teaching
critical knowledge and skills.
69
 Syllabus CCE
4. This practice will engage beyond curriculum using industry-relevant
technologies that help students get ready for the next step in their
educations or careers. It helps the learners expand knowledge, develop
skills, and their innovativeness.
5. The initiative is designed to provide students with foundational
knowledge and skills in areas of IT that are universally in high demand
across computing jobs.
6. Our Java- and database-focused curriculum is designed to be delivered as
part of an academic program of study, has educational learning objectives,
is mapped and aligned to relevant standards and exams globally, and is
available in multiple languages to improve learning experiences.

EVALUATION:
1. First evaluation (Immediately after irst internal examination ) : 20 marks
2. Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
30marks.
3. Final evaluation (Last week of the semester) : 50marks

Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for
awarding the inal grade.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. List the problems and conduct literature survey to identify the gap and
come up with an application oriented research problem in the speci ic
domain.(K1)
2. Understand the project characteristics and explore necessary tools and
components needed at various stages of the project(K2)
3. Design and validate the proposed system using simulation.(K3)
4. Develop the Prototype of the proposed system by adapting Industrial
safety standards and best financial management practices(K5)
5. Analyze the obtained results and prepare a technical report.(K4)
6. Evaluate the project and go for journals and patents publication.(K5)

70
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

SEMESTER - III
20CCTP301 L T P C
SDG NO. 4,11 &15 SKILL ENHANCEMENT
0 0 2 1

APTITUDE & COGNITIVE SKILLS – PHASE 1

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
l To educate and enrich the students on quantitative ability, reasoning
ability, and verbal ability.

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – I 6

Problems on Trains, Time and Distance, Height and Distance, Time and
Work

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – II 6

Problems on Ages, Alligation or Mixture, Chain Rule, Simple Interest, Simple
Equation, Theory Of Equation

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – I 6

Analytical Reasoning, Pipes and Cistern, Logical Problems, Logical Games,
Logical Deduction, Data Suf iciency, Arithmetic Reasoning

UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – I 6

Idioms & Phrases, Synonyms, Antonyms, Classi ication
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – I 6
Venn Diagrams, Cube and Cuboids, Dice, Cubes and Dice, Figure Matrix
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1) Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
2) Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
3) A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
4) Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun sharma

PROBLEM SOLVING USING C PROGRAMMING, WEB DESIGNING BASICS,

VERILOG DESIGN – PHASE 2

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
l To provide exposure to problem-solving through programming.
l To train the student to the basic concepts of the C-programming language.
l To provide exposure to problem-solving through programming.
l To train the student to the basic concepts of the C-programming and
MATLAB programming language.
l To give the student hands-on experience with the concepts

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING 6

Introduction to Programming , Programing Domain : Arti icial Intelligence,
Systems Programming, Assembly Level Languages, Problem solving using
Algorithms and Flowcharts.

UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING 6

Features of C and its Basic Structure, Simple C programs, Constants, Integer
Constants, Real Constants, Character Constants, String Constants Floating-
point Numbers, The type cast Operator, Interactive Programming.
Operators Expressions and Control statement, The goto statement, The if
statement, The if-else statement, Nesting of if statements, The conditional
expression, The break statement and continue statement.

UNIT III ARRAYS, STRINGS AND POINTERS 6

Arrays, Multidimensional Arrays, Strings, Basics of Pointers, Pointer
Arithmetic, Similarities between Pointers and One-dimensional Arrays
Structures, Unions And Functions, Basics of Structures, Arrays of Structures,
Pointers to Structures, Function Basics, Function Prototypes, and Passing
Parameters, Structures and Functions Recursion.
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO HTML 6
What is HTML? And its uses - HTML Documents -Basic structure of an HTML
document - Creating an HTML document- Mark up Tags- Heading-Paragraphs
- Line Breaks - HTML Tags- Elements of HTML-Working with Text - Working
with HYPER LINK AND IMAGES.

UNIT V BASICS OF VERILOG 6

Structure - Operators - data types - Styles of description - Data low description
- Behavioral description - Implement logic gates using Verilog data low
description.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. Programming in ANSI C - Balagurusamy - Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
2008.
2. Programming in C (3rd Edition), by Stephen G. Kochan, Sams, 2004 .
3. Programming in C - Stephen G. Kochan, III Edition, Pearson Education.
4. HTML Black Book by steven Holzner, DREAMTECH PRESS
5. Learn HTML for Beginners,author:JO FOSTER.
6. VIDEO REFERNCES in general about basic HTML available in youtubes.
7. Samir Palnitkar, "Verilog HDL", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
8. J Bhasker, “Verilog Hdl Primer”, 3rd Edition, Bs Publications, 2015.

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102045/

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Analyze their quantitative ability. (K4)
2. Understand the ability of arithmetic reasoning along with creative
thinking and problem solving skills. (K2)
3. Create their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar. (K6)
4. Evaluate the situations to analyse the computational methods in order to
identify and abstract the programming task involved. (K5)
5. Analyse tasks in which the numerical techniques are applicable in order to
apply them to write, edit, compile, debug, correct, recompile and run
programs. (K4)
6. Design of Simple Webpage using HTML and Stimulate the VERILOG code
for digital circuits (K6).
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO & PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

SEMESTER - III
20MGMC301 L T P C
CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
SDG NO. 4 2 0 0 0

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, the student is expected to
l To know about Indian constitution
l To know about central government functionalities in India
l To know about state government functionalities in India
l To know about Constitution function
l To Know about Constitutional remedies

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Historical Background – Constituent Assembly of India – Philosophical
foundations of the Indian Constitution – Preamble – Fundamental Rights –
Directive Principles of State Policy – Fundamental Duties

UNIT II STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT 6

Union Government – Structures of the Union Government and Functions –
President – Vice President – Prime Minister – Cabinet – Parliament – Supreme
Court of India.

UNIT III STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF STATE GOVERNMENT 6

State Government – Structure and Functions – Governor – Chief Minister –
Cabinet – State Legislature – Judicial System in States – High Courts and other
Subordinate Courts.

74
 Syllabus CCE

UNIT IV CONSTITUTION FUNCTIONS 6

Indian Federal System – Centre – State Relations – President's Rule –
Constitutional Amendments – Constitutional Functionaries.

UNIT V CONSTITUTIONAL REMEDIES 6

Enforcement of fundamental rights - Power of parliament to modify the rights
the conferred by this part in their application to forces.
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Durga Das Basu, “Introduction to the Constitution of India “, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi.
2. R.C. Agarwal, (1997) “Indian Political System”, S. Chand and Company, New
Delhi.
3. M.V. Pyle (2019) , “An Introduction to The Constitution of India, 5/e”, Vikas
Publishing, New Delhi.
4 P.M. Bakshi, (2018) , “Constitution of India”, Universal Law Publishing,
New Delhi.

REFERENCES:
1. Sharma, Brij Kishore, “Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. U.R.Gahai, “Indian Political System”, New Academic Publishing House,
Jalandhar.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand about Constitution & Fundamental rights of citizens. (K2)
2. Interpret the structure and hierarchy of Central and State Government.
(K2)
3. Analyze the functions of Judiciary, Parliament and its constituent
members. (K4)
4. Evaluate the functions and boundaries of Central and State Governments
in respect of their powers, duties and Centre-State relationship. (K5)
5. Remember the Indian social structure in respect of caste, religion,
language, rights to citizens particularly rights to women, children and
weaker sections. (K1)
6. Analyze remedies and rights available to India Citizens. (K4)

75
 Syllabus CCE
CO – PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - 1 - - - - - -

CO2 - - - - 1 - - - - - -

CO3 - - - - - 1 - - - - - -

CO4 - - - - - 1 - - - - - -

CO5 - - - - - 2 - 3 - - - -

CO6 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - -
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - IV
20CCPC401 L T P C
ANALOG & DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To acquaint knowledge with the fundamental concepts of AM and FM
Modulation techniques.
l To understand the basics of Pulse Modulation and Baseband Formatting
techniques.
l To compare the Error Performance of Bandpass Signaling Schemes and
Data Communication concepts.
l To impart essential knowledge on Information Theory and Coding
Techniques.
l To learn the signi icance of Multiple Access Techniques and Cellular
Concepts.

UNIT I ANALOG COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 9

Analog Modulation, Need for Modulation, Principles of Amplitude Modulation
– DSBFC, DSBSC, SSB and VSB, AM Transmitters, AM Receivers – TRF, Super
heterodyne Receiver.
Angle Modulation, Mathematical Analysis, Deviation Sensitivity, FM and PM
Waveform, Phase Deviation and Modulation Index, Frequency Deviation and
Modulation Index, Phase and Frequency Modulators and Demodulators, FM
Transmitters, Pre-emphasis and Deemphasis.

UNIT II PULSE MODULATION SYSTEMS 9

Overview of Sampling and Quantization Techniques, Types of Sampling-
Impulse Sampling, Natural Sampling, Flat Top Sampling, Generation and
Detection of PAM, PWM & PPM.
Principles of PCM, Signal to Quantization Noise of PCM, Companding, DPCM
Transmitter and Receiver, ADPCM, DM, Drawbacks of DM, ADM, Vocoders, Line
Coding Techniques.

UNIT III DIGITAL MODULATION AND DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS9

Amplitude Shift Keying, Binary Frequency Shift Keying, Binary Phase Shift
Keying, Quadrature Phase Shift Keying, Quadrature Amplitude Modulation,
Differential Phase Shift Keying, Signal Space Representations, Probability of
Error and Bit Error Rate, Error Performance.
Introduction to Data Communication and Networking, Fundamental Concepts
of Data Communication.

77
 Syllabus CCE

UNIT IV INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING TECHNIQUES 9

Information Rate, Discrete Memoryless Source, Entropy, Source Coding
Theorem, Discrete Memoryless Channel, Mutual Information, Channel
Capacity, Channel Coding Theorem, Information Capacity Theorem.
Error Control Coding – Linear Block Codes, Cyclic Codes, Convolutional Codes
and Viterbi Decoding.

UNIT V MA TECHNIQUES AND MULTIUSER RADIO COMMUNICATION 9

Multiple Access Techniques - TDMA, FDMA, CDMA, OFDM, Cellular Telephony
Concepts and Frequency Reuse, Global System for Mobile Communication,
GPRS, AMPS, 2G, 3G, 4G,VoLTE Architecture, Bluetooth.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wayne Tomasi, “Electronic Communication Systems”, Pearson Education,
Fifth Edition, 2008. (Unit I, III, V)
2. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, John Wiley & Sons INC, 4th
Edition, 2001 (Unit II, IV)

REFERENCES:
1. H.Taub, D L Schilling and G.Saha, “Principles of Communication”, Pearson
Education, 3rd Edition, 2007.
2. B.P.Lathi, “Modern Analog and Digital Communication systems”, Oxford
Press, 3rd Edition, 2007.
3. Rappaport TS, “Wireless Communication Principles and Practice”, Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, 2007.
4. Dennis Roddy and John Coolen, “Electronic Communications”, Pearson
Education, 4thEdition, 2008.
5. George Kennedy, Bernard Davis, “Electronic communication systems”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2008.
6. Martin.S.Roden, “Analog and Digital Communication systems”, Prentice Hall
of India, 3rd Edition, 2002.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105143/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/101/117101051/
3. http://web.stanford.edu/class/ee179/lectures/notes12.pdf

78
 Syllabus CCE
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/4902/nptel-error-control-coding
2. https://futureskillsnasscom.edcast.com/insights/ECL-2313b997-6188-
4081-9439-b8850dc15884

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Understand the basic concepts of the analog communication systems.
(K1)
2. Compute modulation index, bandwidth and power requirements for
various analog modulation schemes . (K3)
3. Analyze various data and pulse transmission schemes. (K3)
4. Compare different types of shift keying techniques. (K2)
5. Evaluate the knowledge of Information theory and describe the error
control codes like block code, cyclic code. (K4)
6. Analyze the digital communication system about multi user
communication concepts, radio communication and wireless technology.
(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

79
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - IV
20CSPC402 L T P C
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To design a database using ER diagrams, convert them to Relational
Databases and to write SQL Queries
l To understand the fundamental concepts of Transaction Processing,
Concurrency Control techniques and Recovery procedures
l To understand the Internal Storage structures and about the Query
Processing Techniques
l To have an introductory knowledge about the Object Databases, XML
Databases and NoSQL Databases

UNIT I DATABASE DESIGN 7

Purpose of Database System – Views of Data –Database System Architecture-
Data Models– Entity Relationship Model – ER Diagrams – Enhanced ER Model.

UNIT II RELATIONAL DATABASES 11

Introduction to Relational Databases – Relational Model-ER-to-Relational
Mapping– Keys –Relational Algebra – SQL Fundamentals – Advanced SQL
features – Embedded SQL– Dynamic SQL-Functional Dependencies – Non-loss
Decomposition – First – Second - Third Normal Forms - Dependency
Preservation – Boyce/CoddNormal Form – Multi Valued Dependencies and
Fourth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form.

UNIT III TRANSACTIONS 9

Transaction Concepts – ACID Properties – Schedules – Serializability –
Concurrency Control – Need for Concurrency – Locking Protocols – Two Phase
Locking – Deadlock – Transaction Recovery – Save Points – Isolation Levels –
SQL Facilities for Concurrency and Recovery.

UNIT IV IMPLEMENTATION TECHNIQUES 9

RAID – File Organization – Organization of Records in Files – Indexing and
Hashing –Ordered Indices – B+ Tree Index Files – B Tree Index Files – Static
Hashing – Dynamic Hashing – Query Processing Overview – Algorithms for
SELECT and JOIN operations – Query optimization using Heuristics - Cost
Estimation.

80
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V ADVANCED TOPICS 9
Distributed Databases – Architecture - Data Storage - Transaction Processing –
Object Based Databases - Object Database Concepts – Object Relational
Features - ODMG Object Model – ODL - OQL – XML Databases - XML
Hierarchical Model – DTD - XML Schema –Xquery.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, “Database System
Concepts”, Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2020.
2. RamezElmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database
Systems”, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. C.J.Date, A.Kannan, S.Swamynathan, “An Introduction to Database
Systems”, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, “Database Management Systems”, Fourth Edition,
McGraw-Hill Education, 2015.
3. G.K.Gupta,”Database Management Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs46/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/database-management-
system.html
3. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-database-management-
system-9914
4. http://learnsql.com
5. https://www.w3schools.com/sql/default.asp
6. https://www.khanacademy.org/computing/computer-programming/
sql

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Discuss the concepts of database to apply the Relational, ER model for
design and SQL for implementation of the database. (K2)
2. Recognize and identify the use of normalization and functional
dependencies to re ine the database system. (K1)
3. Execute various SQL queries for the Transaction Processing & Locking
using concept of Concurrency control. (K4)
4. Evaluate the query processing techniques for the optimization of SQL
queries. (K4)

81
 Syllabus CCE
5. Implement the indexing and hashing techniques for the organisation of
database records. (K3)
6. Appraise how the advanced databases differ from the traditional
databases. (K5)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO3 2 1 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

SEMESTER - IV
20CCPW401 OPERATING SYSTEMS L T P C
SDG NO. 4 WITH LABORATORY 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basic concepts and functions of operating systems.
l To understand Processes and Threads
l To analyze Scheduling algorithms.
l To understand the concept of Deadlocks.
l To analyze various memory management schemes.
l To understand I/O management and File systems.
l To be familiar with the basics of Linux system and Mobile OS like iOS and
Android.

UNIT I OPERATING SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7

Computer System Overview-Basic Elements, Instruction Execution,
Interrupts, Memory Hierarchy, Cache Memory, Direct Memory Access,
Multiprocessor and Multi core Organization. Operating system overview-
objectives and functions, Evolution of Operating System - Computer System

82
 Syllabus CCE

Organization Operating System Structure and Operations- System Calls,

System Programs, OS Generation and System Boot.

UNIT II PROCESS MANAGEMENT 11

Processes - Process Concept, Process Scheduling, Operations on Processes,
Inter-process Communication; CPU Scheduling - Scheduling criteria,
Scheduling algorithms, Multiple- processor scheduling, Real time scheduling;
Threads- Overview, Multithreading models, Threading issues; Process
Synchronization - The critical-section problem, Synchronization hardware,
Mutex locks, Semaphores, Classic problems of synchronization, Critical
regions, Monitors; Deadlock – System model, Deadlock characterization,
Methods for handling deadlocks, Deadlock prevention, Deadlock avoidance,
Deadlock detection, Recovery from deadlock.

UNIT III STORAGE MANAGEMENT 9

Main Memory – Background, Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation,
Paging, Segmentation, Segmentation with paging, 32 and 64 bit architecture
Examples; Virtual Memory – Background, Demand Paging, Page Replacement,
Allocation, Thrashing; Allocating Kernel Memory, OS Examples.

UNIT IV FILE SYSTEMS AND I/O SYSTEMS 9

Mass Storage system – Overview of Mass Storage Structure, Disk Structure,
Disk Scheduling and Management, swap space management; File-System
Interface - File concept, Access methods, Directory Structure, Directory
organization, File system mounting, File Sharing and Protection; File System
Implementation- File System Structure, Directory implementation, Allocation
Methods, Free Space Management, Ef iciency and Performance, Recovery; I/O
Systems – I/O Hardware, Application I/O interface, Kernel I/O subsystem,
Streams, Performance.
.
UNIT V LAB COMPONENT – LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 24
1. Linux Commands
2. Shell Programming
3. Process Management using System Calls: Fork, Exit, Getpid, Exit, Wait,
Close, Stat
4. Interprocess Communication using Pipes, Shared Memory and Message
Queues
5. CPU Scheduling Algorithms
6. Banker‘s Algorithm
7. Memory Management Schemes.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
83
 Syllabus CCE

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Silberschatz A, Galvin P and Gagne G "Operating Systems Concepts", John
Wiley & Sons, USA, 2009.
2. Andrew S Tanenbaum and Herbert Bos, "Modern Operating Systems",
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Andrew S Tanenbaum, "Modern Operating Systems Design and
Implementation", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.
2. William Stallings, ―"Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles"
Pearson, 2013.
3. Gary Nutt, "Operating Systems", Addison Wesley, USA, 2009.
4. Harvey M Deitel, "Operating System", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2008.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs04/preview
2. https://www.udacity.com/course/introduction-to-operating-systems--
ud923

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/5031/nptel-operating-systems
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/os_overview.htm

OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Identify the role of Operating System and to understand the design of
control unit. (K2)
2. Understand CPU Scheduling, Synchronization, Deadlock Handling and
Comparing CPU Scheduling Algorithms. Solve Deadlock Detection
Problems. (K2)
3. Analyze the role of paging, segmentation and virtual memory in operating
systems. (K3)
4. Evaluate the knowledge of protection and security and also the
Comparison of UNIX and Windows based OS. (K5)
5. De ine I/O systems, Device Management Policies and Secondary Storage
Structure and Evaluation of various Disk Scheduling Algorithms. (K5)
6. Create and Demonstrate the various operations of ile system. (K6)

84
 Syllabus CCE
CO-PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 3 1 2 3 2

CO6 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

SEMESTER - IV
20ECPC302 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS L T P C
SDG NO. 3,4,7,15 AND WAVEGUIDES 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To gain conceptual and basic mathematical understanding of electric
and magnetic fields in free space and in materials
l To understand the coupling between electric and magnetic fields
through Faraday's law, displacement current and Maxwell's equations
l To understand wave propagation in lossless and in lossy media
l To be able to solve problems based on the above concepts
l To understand signal propagation at radio frequencies and analyse the
rectangular and circular waveguides

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Electromagnetic model, Units and constants, Review of vector algebra,
Rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems, Line, surface and
volume integrals, Gradient of a scalar field, Divergence of a vector field,
Divergence theorem, Curl of a vector field, Stoke's theorem, Null identities,
Helmholtz's theorem.

UNIT II ELECTROSTATICS 9
Electric charge, Coulomb's law, Electric field due to Line, Surface, Volume
charge densities, Electric flux, Electric flux density, Gauss's law and
applications, Electric potential, Potential gradient-Conductors in static
electric field, Dielectrics in static electric field, Electric flux density and
dielectric constant, Boundary conditions, Capacitance, Parallel, cylindrical

85
 Syllabus CCE
and spherical capacitors, Electrostatic energy and energy density, Poisson's
and Laplace's equations, Uniqueness of electrostatic solutions, Current
density and Point form of Ohm's law, Electromotive force and Kirchhoff's
voltage law, Equation of continuity and Kirchhoff's current law .

UNIT III MAGNETOSTATICS 9

Lorentz force equation, Law of no magnetic monopoles, Ampere's law, Biot-
Savart law and applications, Magnetic field intensity, Magnetic flux density,
Gauss's law, Magnetic vector potential, Lorentz force equation, Boundary
conditions and idea of relative permeability, Magnetic circuits, Behaviour of
magnetic materials, Boundary conditions, Inductance and inductors,
Magnetic energy and Magnetic energy density, Magnetic forces and torques
Applications – CRT – magnetic deflection, Magnetic brake, Linear motor, Time
Varying Field: Induction, Faraday's law, Lenz's law.

UNIT IV TIME-VARYING FIELDS AND MAXWELL's EQUATIONS 9

Faraday's law, Lenz's law, Displacement current and Maxwell-Ampere law,
Maxwell's equations, Potential functions, Electromagnetic boundary
conditions, Wave equations and solutions, Plane waves in lossless media,
Plane waves in lossy media (low-loss dielectrics and good conductors), Group
velocity, Electromagnetic power flow and Poynting vector.

UNIT V WAVEGUIDES 9
Introduction to Rectangular and Circular Waveguides, Solutions of field
Equations in Rectangular Co-ordinates, TEmn & TMmn Modes in Rectangular
Waveguides, solutions of a field equations in cylindrical coordinates, TEmn &
TMmn Modes in Circular Waveguides, Impossibility of TEM waves in
Rectangular wave guides, Waveguide Parameters — Cut-off wavelength, Guide
wavelength, Free space Wavelength, Phase velocity, Group velocity, Dominant
and Degenerated Modes, Power Transmission and Power losses in
Rectangular and Circular Waveguides
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. D.K. Cheng, “Field and Wave Electromagnetics”, 2nd Edition, Pearson
(India), 1989. (UNIT I - IV).
2. John. D. Ryder, “Network Lines and Fields”, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning,2005.
(Unit V).

REFERENCES:
1. D.J. Griffiths, “Introduction to Electrodynamics”, 4th Edition, Pearson
(India), 2013.

86
 Syllabus CCE
2. M.N.O. Sadiku and S.V. Kulkarni, “Principles of Electromagnetics”, 6th
Edition, Oxford (Asian Edition), 2015.
3. E. C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating
Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

WEB RESOURCES :
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-002-electromagnetic-field-
theory-a-problem-solving-approach-spring-2008/textbook-contents/

ONLINE RESOURCES :
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2340/electromagnetic-fields
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-001-electromagnetic-fields-and-
energy-spring-2008/index.htm

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Apply fundamentals of Vector analysis in 3D coordinate systems. (K1)
2. Review the basic concepts and laws in Electromagnetics to Compute the
field quantities. (K2)
3. Examine the behavior of materials in Electric and Magnetic fields.(K3)
4. Derive Maxwell's equations and wave equations for static and time
varying fields. (K3)
5. Discuss propagation of Electromagnetic waves in lossy and lossless
mediums. (K3)
6. Analyze the characteristics of TE and TM waves in rectangular and
cylindrical waveguides. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

CO6 3 2 2 - - - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

87
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - IV
20BSMA401 PROBABILITY THEORY AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 STOCHASTIC PROCESSES 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide the mathematical background of random variables, standard
distributions and random processes for application to signal processing
and Communication theory

UNIT I RANDOM VARIABLES AND STANDARD DISTRIBUTIONS 12

Discrete and continuous random variables – Moments – Moment generating
functions – Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential and Normal
Distributions - Functions of Random variables.

UNIT II TWO - DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLES 12

Joint distributions – Marginal and conditional distributions – Covariance –
Correlation and Linear regression – Transformation of random variables –
Central limit theorem (for independent and identically distributed random
variables).

UNIT III INTRODUCTION TO STOCHASTIC PROCESS 12

Classification – Auto correlation functions – Cross correlation functions -
Stationary process –Ergodic process-Power Spectral Density.

UNIT IV MODELS OF RANDOM PROCESSES 12

The Bernoulli process - The Gaussian process - Poisson process - Markov
process - Markov chain.
UNIT V LINEAR SYSTEMS WITH RANDOM INPUTS 12
Linear time invariant system – System transfer function – Linear systems with
random inputs – Auto correlation and Cross correlation functions of input and
output.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Ibe O.C., “Fundamentals of Applied Probability and Random Processes",
Elsevier, 1st Indian Reprint, 2007. Unit-I Chapter-2, Chapter-3 (Sections
3.1-3.5), Chapter-4 (Sections 4.1-4.8,4.10 & 4.11), Chapter 6 (Section 6.2)
Unit-II Chapter 5 (Sections 5.1-5.7), Chapter 6 (6.8 & 6.10) Unit-III
Chapter-8 (8.1-8.7),10.5 Unit-IV Chapter 10 (Section 10.2,10.4,
10.5(10.5.1-10.5.6),10.6, 10.7) Unit-V Chapter 9 (Sections 9.1-9.3)
88
 Syllabus CCE

REFERENCES:
1. Peebles P.Z., "Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal
Principles", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Veerarajan T., "Probability and Statistics, Random Processes and Queueing
theory", Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Athanasios Papoulis and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, “Probability, Random
Variables and Stochastic Processes” PHI, 4th Edition, 2002.
4. Davenport, Probability and Random Processes for Scientist and
Engineers, McGraw-Hill.
5. H. Stark &J.W. Woods: Probability, Random Processes and Estimations
Theory for Engineers, (2/e), Prentice Hall.
6. E. Wong: Introduction to Random Processes, Springer Verlag.
7. W. A. Gardner: Introduction to Random Processes, (2/e), McGraw Hill.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ma30/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111102111/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/104/111104032/
4. http://www.ifp.illinois.edu/~hajek/Papers/probabilityJan13.pdf
5. https://www.ee.iitb.ac.in/~bsraj/courses/ee325/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2324/probability-and-random-
processes.
2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/course.php?id=572.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Compute the probability and statistical averages of one dimensional, two-
dimensional discrete, continuous random variables and their standard
distributions. (K3)
2. Calculate the Autocorrelation, Cross correlation, power spectral density
and cross power spectral density of a random processes and linear
system. (K3)
3. Calculate the limiting state probabilities of Markov chains and use Central
limit theorem to find the approximate probabilities of the sum of large
numbers of independent and identically distributed random variables
and use transformation of random variables to find the joint and marginal
probability density functions. (K3)
89
 Syllabus CCE
4. Explain Stationary, Ergodic, Markov, Poisson, Bernoulli and Gaussian
processes. (K2)
5. Explain the properties of statistical averages of a random variable, random
processes, Poisson process and linear system. (K2)
6. Determine the spectral properties of output when the input function is
given to a linear system. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO6 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

SEMESTER - IV
20CCPL401 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
l To implement AM and FM Modulation and Demodulation
l To visualize the effect of Sampling and TD
l Observe and plot the different Baseband Formatting Techniques like
PCM,DM
l Generate Digital Modulation signals for ASK, FSK, PSK and perform their
detection
l Simulate and plot the different Digitally Modulated Signal and Error Coding
Schemes.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Signal Sampling and Reconstruction
2. AM Modulation and Demodulation
3. FM Modulation and Demodulation
4. Time Division Multiplexing
5. Pulse Code Modulation and Demodulation
6. Delta Modulation and Demodulation
90
 Syllabus CCE
7. Generation and Detection of ASK, FSK & PSK
8. Line Coding Techniques
9. Simulation of AM and FM using MATLAB
10. Simulation of ASK, FSK, PSK using MATLAB
11. Simulation of QPSK and QAM using MATLAB
12. Error Detection and Correction techniques.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS
1. Communication Trainer kits for Sampling, TDM, AM, FM, Pulse
Modulation, PCM, DM, ASK, FSK, PSK
2. CRO (30MHz) – 15 Nos
3. MATLAB or equivalent software package for simulation
4. PC- 10 Nos
5. Communication Trainer kits for Sampling, TDM, AM, FM, Pulse
Modulation, PCM, DM, ASK, FSK, PSK
6. CRO (30MHz) – 15 Nos

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Study and design Sampling and Reconstruction. (K2)
2. Design AM and FM Modulators. (K4)
3. Analyze the performance characteristics of TDM (K4)
4. Demonstrate various Pulse Modulation and Digital Modulation
Techniques. (K5)
5. Apply various Channel Coding Schemes to improve the Noise
Performance of the Communication System. (K3)
6. Simulate and validate the various Functional Modules of Digital
Communication System. (K5)

CO-PO,PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 1 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 1 3 1 - - - 1 - 2 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 1 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 1 - 2 3 3 2

CO6 3 3 1 2 1 - - - 1 - 2 3 3 2

91
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - IV
20CSPL402 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the use of Data De inition, Data Manipulation Commands, Nested
and Join queries
l To understand Functions, Procedures and Procedural extensions of
databases
l To be familiar with the use of a Front End tool
l To understand design and implementation of typical Database
applications
l
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Data De inition Commands, Data Manipulation Commands for inserting,
deleting, updating and retrieving Tables and Transaction Control
statements.
2. Database Querying – Simple queries, Nested queries, Sub queries and
Joins.
3. Implementation of Views, Sequences and Synonyms.
4. Database Programming: Implicit and Explicit Cursors.
5. Procedures and Functions.
6. Triggers.
7. Exception Handling.
8. Database Design using ER Modeling, Normalization and Implementation
for any application.
9. Database Connectivity with Front End Tools.
10. Case Study using Real Life Database applications.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS
SOFTWARE
Front end: VB/VC ++/JAVA or Equivalent
Back end: Oracle / SQL / MySQL/ Postgres / DB2 or Equivalent

OUTCOMES :
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Use typical data de initions and manipulation commands. (K1)
2. Design applications to test Nested and Join Queries. (K3)
3. Implement simple applications that use Views. (K3)

92
 Syllabus CCE
4. Critically analyze the use of Tables, Views, Functions and Procedures. (K4)
5. Make use of ER modeling and normalization to design and implement
database. (K3)
6. Implement real life applications that require a Front-end Tool as a Team.
(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO2 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

SEMESTER - IV
20CCTE401 L T P C
LIVE-IN-LAB - II
SDG NO. 4,11&15 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide opportunities for the students, expose to Industrial
environment and real time work
l To enable hands-on experience in the electronics hardware/Software
domain
l To enable development of skill set for designing and realizing prototype
electronic systems/simulation model

COURSE METHODOLOGY
l This initiative is designed to inculcate ethical principles of research and to
get involve in life-long learning process for the students.
l The project work must involve engineering design with realistic
constraints. It must also include appropriate elements of the following:
Engineering standards, design analysis, modeling, simulation,
experimentation, prototyping, fabrication, correlation of data, and
software development.

93
 Syllabus CCE
l Project can be individual work or a group project, with maximum of 3
students. In case of group project, the individual project report of each
student should specify the individual's contribution to the group project.
l On completion of the project, the student shall submit a detailed project
report. The project should be reviewed and the report shall be evaluated
and the students shall appear for a viva-voce oral examination on the
project approved by the Coordinator and the project guide.

EVALUATION
l First evaluation (Immediately after first internal examination ) : 20 marks
l Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
30marks
l Final evaluation Last week of the semester) : 50marks

Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for
awarding the final grade.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Conduct literature survey to identify the gap and an application oriented
research problem in the specific domain(K4)
2. Design and validate the proposed system using simulation(K6)
3. Prototype the proposed system(K5)
4. Analyze the obtained results and prepare a technical report(K4)
5. Publish the work in journals and apply for the patents.(K3)
6. Prepare for industrial environment and real time work(K3)

CO- PO & PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

94
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - IV
20CCTP401 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4 0 0 2 1

PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS – PHASE 1

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
l Improve their quantitative ability.
l Improve their reasoning ability.
l Enhance their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar
l Equip with creative thinking and problem solving skills

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – III 6

Compound Interest - Profit and Loss - Partnership - Percentage - Set Theory

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – IV 6

True Discount - Ratio and Proportion - Simplification - Problems on H.C.F and
L.C.M.

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – II 6

Course of Action - Cause and Effect - Statement and Conclusion - Statement
and Argument - Data Sufficiency (DS) - Statement and Assumption - Making
Assumptions.

UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – II 6

Change of Voice - Change of Speech - Letter and Symbol Series - Essential Part -
Verbal Reasoning - Analyzing Arguments.

UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – II 6

Seating Arrangement - Direction Sense Test - Character Puzzles - Missing
Letters Puzzles - Mirror &Water Images.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1) R. S. Agarwal, “Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams”
2) Sarvesh Verma, “Quantum CAT”
3) R. S. Agarwal, “A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning”
4) Arun sharma, “Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension”

95
 Syllabus CCE
ADVANCED C PROGRAMMING AND MATLAB AND SIMULINK
PROGRAMMING - PHASE 2

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
l To improve C programming skills with understanding of code
organization and functional hierarchical decomposition with using
complex data types.
l To understand procedural programming methods using MATLAB &
SIMULINK.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO RECURSION AND GROWTH FUNCTIONS 6

Introduction to Recursion - Recurrence Relation - Deriving time complexity
and space complexity using recurrence relation Polynomial Equations -
Compare growth functions - Nth Fibonacci Number - Exponent Function -
Taylor Series - Tower of Hanoi.

UNIT II STORAGE CLASSES, THE PREPROCESSOR AND

DYNAMIC MEMORY ALLOCATION 6
Storage Classes and Visibility - Automatic or local variables - Global variables -
Macro Definition and Substitution - Conditional Compilation - Dynamic
Memory Allocation - Allocating Memory with malloc and callo Allocating
Memory with calloc - Freeing Memory - The Concept of linked list - Inserting a
node by using Recursive Programs - Deleting the Specified Node in a Singly
Linked List.

UNIT III FILE MANAGEMENT AND BIT MANIPULATION 6

Defining and Opening a file - Closing Files - Input/output Operations on Files -
Predefined Streams - Error Handling during I/O Operations - Random Access
to Files - Command Line Arguments - The hexadecimal number system - C
bitwise operators - How to generate all the possible subsets of a set - Tricks
with Bits - Applications of bit operations.

UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO MATLAB 6

Introduction to MATLAB-Commands-MATLAB Desktop and Editor-Basic
Operations-Vectors and Matrices-Array Calculation-Calling Function-
Obtaining Help-Plotting Data-Applications- Basic Programming.

UNIT V SIMULINK AND MATLAB OPTIMIZATION TOOLBOX 6

Introduction SIMULINK models - blocks - Systems and sub-systems -
Simulating Dynamic System - Solving a model - Solvers - MATLAB SIMULINK
for signal processing - Solving linear and quadratic optimization problems.

96
 Syllabus CCE
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. R. G. Dromey, "How to Solve It By Computer", Pearson, 1982
2. A.R. Bradley, "Programming for Engineers", Springer, 2011
3. Kernighan and Ritchie, "The C Programming Language", (2nd ed.) Prentice
Hall, 1988
4. Amos Gilat, “Matlab, An Introduction With Applications”, Wiley
Publication, 4th edition
5. Brian R. Hunt, Jonathan Rosenberg, and Ronald L Lipsman, “A Guide to
MATLAB”, Cambridge University press.
6. Basics of MATLAB programming by R. Balaji
7. MATLAB Guide, Third Edition Third Edition by Desmond J. Higham
(Author), Nicholas J. Higham (Author).
8. MATLAB For Beginners: A Gentle Approach by Peter I. Kattan (Author)

REFERENCES
1. Agam Kumar Tyagi, “Matlab and Simulink for Engineering” Oxford Higher
Education
2. Rudra Pratap “Getting Started with MATLAB”Oxford Higher Education
3. Stephen J Chapman, “MATLAB Programming for Engineers”, 6E, CENGAGE

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://matlabacademy.mathworks.com/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/matlab/index.htm
3. https://medium.com/quick-code/top-tutorials-to-learn-matlab-for-
beginners-d19549ecb7b7
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103/106/103106118/

WEB RESOURCES
1. https://www.mathworks.com/academia/books.html
2. https://in.mathworks.com/support/learn-with-matlab-tutorials.html

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Analyze their quantitative ability. (K4)
2. Understand the ability of arithmetic reasoning along with creative
thinking and problem solving skills. (K2)
3. Create their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar. (K6)

97
 Syllabus CCE
4. Evaluate code organization and functional hierarchical decomposition
with complex data types. (K5)
5. Understand to improve C programming skills to apply advance structured
and procedural programming. (K2)
6. Apply the Matlab Simulink and optimization toolbox for signal processing
applications. (K3)

CO- PO & PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

98
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - V
20CSPC301 L T P C
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
SDG NO. 4,9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Object Oriented Programming concepts and principles of
Packages, Inheritance and Interfaces
l To deineExceptions and use I/O streams
l To develop a Java application with threads and generic classes
l To design and build simple Graphical User Interfaces

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OOP AND JAVA FUNDAMENTALS 10

Object Oriented Programming – Abstraction – Objects and Classes –
Encapsulation– Inheritance – Polymorphism– OOP in Java – Characteristics of
Java – The Java Environment – Java Source File – Compilation - Fundamental
Programming Structures in Java – Deining Classes in Java – Constructors -
Methods - Access Specifiers – Static Members - Comments - Data
TypesVariables - Operators- Control Flow- Arrays- Packages – Javadoc
Comments.

UNIT II INHERITANCE AND INTERFACES 9

Inheritance – Super Classes– Sub Classes –Protected Members – Constructors
in Sub Classes– The Object Class – Abstract Classes and Methods – Final
Methods and Classes – Interfaces – Defining an Interface - Implementing
Interface - Differences between Classes and Interfaces and Extending
Interfaces – Object Cloning -Inner Classes -Array Lists -Strings.

UNIT III EXCEPTION HANDLING AND I/O 9

Exceptions – Exception Hierarchy – Throwing and Catching Exceptions – Built
in Exceptions-Creating own Exceptions - Stack Trace Elements - Input /
Output Basics – Streams – Byte Streams and Character Streams – Reading and
Writing Console – Reading and Writing Files

UNIT IV MULTI-THREADING AND GENERIC PROGRAMMING 8

Differences between Multi-Threading and Multitasking - Thread Life Cycle -
Creating Threads - Synchronizing Threads - Inter-Thread Communication -
Daemon Threads - Thread Groups - Java Concurrency Packages - Generic
Programming – Generic Classes – Generic Methods – Bounded Types –
Restrictions and Limitations.

99
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V LAMBDAS STREAMS AND REACTIVE PROGRAMMING 9
Lambda Expressions – Library Enhancements to Support Lambdas – No
Parameter-Single Parameter - Multiple Parameters – With or Without Return
Keyword-Comparator– Filter Collection Data-Streams-Generating
StreamsJava Stream Interface Methods – For each-Map-Filter-Limit-Sorted -
Parallel Processing - Reactive Programming– ReactiveX– ReactiveX Classes–
Creating Operator– Reactive Subjects.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java - The Complete Reference”, 8 Edition, McGrawHill
Education, 2011. th
2. E.Balagursamy- “Programming with Java”, 6 Edition, McGrawHill
Education, 2019.

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, “Java SE 8 for Programmers”, 3 Edition, Pearson,
2015.
2. Steven Holzner, “Java 2 Blackbook”, Dream Tech Press, 2011.
3. Timothy Budd, “Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java”,
Updated Edition, Pearson Education, 2000.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/java/java_oop.asp
2. https://www.edureka.co/blog/object-oriented-programming/
3. https://www.ntu.edu.sg/home/ehchua/programming/java/J3a_
OOPBasics.html

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.ntu.edu.sg/home/ehchua/programming/java/J3a_
OOPBasics.html
2. https://introcs.cs.princeton.edu/java/lectures/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Comprehend Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java. (K2)
2. Illustrate the purpose of packages, Java documents and Analyze the
various types of Inheritance. (K4)
3. Apply the Object Oriented Programming Concepts to develop the reusable
Applications. (K3)
4. Illustrate the java applications using Java Exceptions and I/O Streams. (K4)
100
 Syllabus CCE
5. Understand the concept of Multithreading and Generic Classes in Java.
(K2)
6. Design and implement Lambda expressions, streams and reactive
programming. ( K6)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 2 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

CO2 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - 2 - - 2 3 2

CO3 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 3 1 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

CO6 3 1 3 2 3 2 - - 1 - - 2 3 2

SEMESTER - V
20ECPC402 MICROCONTROLLERS AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4,11 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the Architecture of 8086 microprocessor.
l To learn the design aspects of I/O and Memory Interfacing circuits.
l To interface microprocessors with supporting chips.
l To study the Architecture of 8051microcontroller and ARM processor.
l To design a microcontroller based system.

UNIT I MICROPROCESSOR 9
Introduction to 8086 – Microprocessor architecture – Addressing modes -
Instruction set and assembler directives – Assembly language programming –
Modular Programming - Linking and Relocation - Stacks - Procedures – Macros
– Interrupts and interrupt service routines – Byte and String Manipulation.

UNIT II MICROCONTROLLER 9
Architecture of 8051 – Special Function Registers(SFRs) - I/O Pins Ports and
Circuits - Instruction set - Addressing modes - Assembly language
programming.
101
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III I/O INTERFACING 9
Memory Interfacing and I/O interfacing - Parallel communication interface –
Serial communication interface – D/A and A/D Interface - Timer – Keyboard
/display controller – Interrupt controller – DMA controller – Programming
and applications Case studies: Traffic Light control, LED display , LCD display,
Keyboard display interface and Alarm Controller.

UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

AND REAL TIME SYSTEMS 9
Embedded system design process –Design example: Model train controller-
Design methodologies- Design flows - Requirement Analysis – Specifications-
System analysis and architecture design – Structure of a Real Time System –-
Estimating program run times – Task assignment and scheduling.

UNIT V ARM PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS 9

ARM Architecture Versions – ARM Architecture – Instruction Set – Stacks and
Subroutines – Features of the LPC 214X Family – Peripherals – The Timer Unit
– Pulse Width Modulation Unit – UART – Block Diagram of ARM9 and ARM
Cortex M3MCU.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Yu-Cheng Liu, Glenn A.Gibson, “Microcomputer Systems: The 8086 /
8088 Family - Architecture, Programming and Design”, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, 2007. (UNIT I & III).
2. Mohamed Ali Mazidi, Janice GillispieMazidi, RolinMcKinlay, “The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C”, 2nd
Edition, Pearson education, 2011. (UNIT II).
3. Marilyn Wolf, “Computers as Components - Principles of Embedded
Computing System Design”, 3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher (An
imprint from Elsevier), 2012. (UNIT IV, V).
4. Jane W.S.Liu, “Real Time Systems”, Pearson Education, Third Indian
Reprint, 2003.(UNIT IV).

REFERENCES:
1. DoughlasV.Hall, “Microprocessors and Interfacing, Programming
andHardware”,TMH, 2012.
2. A.K.Ray,K.M.Bhurchandi, "Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals",
3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Lyla B.Das, “Embedded Systems: An Integrated Approach”, Pearson
Education, 2013.
4. C.M.Krishna, Kang G.Shin, “Real-Time Systems”, International Editions,
McGraw Hill, 2017.
102
 Syllabus CCE
WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ee42/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105102/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3018/microprocessors-and-
microcontrollers
2. http://www.satishkashyap.com/2012/02/video-lectures-on-
microprocessors-and.html

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Explain the architecture of 8086,instruction set, concepts of modular
programming,interrupt service routine and write basic Assembly
Language Programs in 8086.Explain the architecture of 8086,instruction
set, concepts of modular programming,interrupt service routine and
write basic Assembly Language Programs in 8086.(K2)
2. Explain the internal organization of 8051,Port structures instruction set
and write Assembly Language Programs in 8051..(K2)
3. Describe the architecture of peripheral ICs(8255, 8253, 8251, 8259,
8257, 8279 ,8080, DAC and ADC0080).(K2)
4. Apply the interfacing concepts to develop programs for interfacing LED
LCD, ADC/DAC, keyboard,traffic light controller and alarm controller with
8086 and 8051. (K3)
5. Describe the design process and scheduling concepts of real time
embedded systems..(K2)
6. Illustrate the features, peripheral units and instruction set of ARM9,
LPC214X, ARM Cortex M3MCU processors..(K2)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 3 2 1 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 3

CO2 3 1 3 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 3

CO3 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2

CO4 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 - - 2 2 3

CO5 3 1 3 1 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 3

CO6 3 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2

103
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - V
20CSPW401 L T P C
COMPUTER NETWORKS WITH LAB
SDG NO. 4 3 0 2 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the protocol layering and physical level communication
l To understand the various components required to build different
networks and analyze the performance of a network
l To learn the functions of network layer and the various routing protocols
l To familiarize the functions and protocols of the Transport layer

UNIT I INTRODUCTION AND PHYSICAL LAYER 9

Networks – Types – Protocol Layering – TCP/IP Protocol suite – OSI Model –
Physical Layer: Performance – Transmission media – Switching – Circuit-
switched Networks – Packet Switching.

UNIT II DATA LINK LAYER & MEDIA ACCESS 9

Introduction – Data Link Layer - Addressing – DLC Services – Data-Link Layer
Protocols – HDLC – PPP - Media Access Control - Wired LANs: Ethernet -
Wireless LANs – Introduction – IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth – Connecting Devices.

UNIT III NETWORK LAYER 9

Network Layer Services – Packet switching – Performance – IPV4 Addresses –
Forwarding of IP Packets - Network Layer Protocols: IP, ICMP v4 – Unicast
Routing Algorithms – Protocols – Multicasting Basics – IPV6 Addressing – IPV6
Protocol.

UNIT IV TRANSPORT LAYER 9

Introduction – Transport Layer Protocols – Services – Port Numbers – User
Datagram protocol – Transmission Control Protocol – SCTP.

UNIT V APPLICATION LAYER 9

WWW and HTTP – FTP – Email –Telnet –SSH – DNS – SNMP.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 15
1. Simple client server program.
2. Socket program for echo/ping commands.
3. Implementing Link state routing algorithm.

104
 Syllabus CCE
4. Implementing distance vector routing algorithm.
5. Study of Network Simulator (NS2 or NS3 ) and Simulation of Congestion
Control Algorithms using NS.
6. Study of TCP/UDP performance using Simulation tool.
7. Simulation of error correction code (like CRC).
8. Traf ic Analysis using Wireshark.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS:
1. C/C++/JAVA/Equivalent compiler
2. Network Simulator like NS2/OPNET/Wireshark

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data communications and networking with TCP/IP
protocol suite", Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill, cop. 2022.
2. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems
Approach”, Fifth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communications”, Tenth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2014.
2. Nader F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2014.
3. Ying-Dar Lin, Ren-Hung Hwang and Fred Baker, “Computer Networks: An
Open Source Approach”, McGraw Hill Publisher, 2011.
4. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down
Approach Featuring the Internet, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.
5. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall,"Computer Networks ", 5th
edition, Pearson Education,2011

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec19_cs07/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105081/
3. https://www.isi.edu/nsnam/ns/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9780789749048/
samplepages/0789749041.pdf
2. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~sri/cs348/cs378-lab00-overview.pdf
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2276/computer-networks

105
 Syllabus CCE
4. h t t p s : / / w w w. y o u t u b e . c o m / w a t c h ? v = g 8 i Y 3 6 o n L e M & l i s t =
PLWPirh4EWFpHJrW1D9UB24wsbM3zx7QMx

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the basic layers and its functions in computer networks. (K2)
2. Demonstrate the performance of a network. (K2)
3. Explain the basics of how data lows from one node to another. (K2)
4. Understand IEEE standards, analyze and design routing algorithms. (K2)
5. Describe the working of various transport and application layer
protocols.(K2)
6. Apply the protocols for various functions in the network.(K3)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 1 3 2 2 - 2 1 - 1 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 - - - 1 - - - - - 2 1

CO3 3 3 3 - 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - 1 - - 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 - - 1 - 1 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 3 2

SEMESTER - V
20ECPL401 MICROCONTROLLERS AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4,11 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To Introduce ALP concepts, features and Coding methods
l Write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
l Interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
l Be familiar with MASM
l Write programs for ARM

106
 Syllabus CCE

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations.
2. Move a data block without overlap.
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching.

8051 Experiments using kits and MASM

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations.
2. Square and Cube program, Find 2's complement of a number.
3. Unpacked BCD to ASCII.

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

1. Traffic light controller.
2. Stepper motor control.
3. Digital clock.
ARM programs
1. Interfacing ADC and DAC.
2. Interfacing LED and PWM.
3. Interfacing LCD.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Write ALP for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic operations.(K3)
2. Execute Programs in 8051 (K5)
3. Interface various peripherals in 8086/8051.(K3)
4. Execute Programs in ARM.(K5)
5. Interface memory, A/D and D/A convertors with ARM system(K3)
6. Formulate a mini project.(K6)

107
CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 2

CO2 3 1 2 3 1 2 - - - 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 1 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 5 2 - - - 3 1 2 3 3

CO6 2 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 2 3 2 3 3

SEMESTER - V
20CSPL301 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING L T P C
SDG NO. 4,9 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Object Oriented Programming concepts and basic
characteristics of Java
l To know the principles of Packages, Inheritance and Interfaces
l To develop a Java application with Threads and Generic classes
l To make the students understand life cycle of the Applets and its
functionality

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Basic JAVA Programs
a. Write a program to ind the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.
b. Write a program to generate the irst n terms of the sequence.
c. Write a program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n,
where n is a value supplied by the user.
d. Write a program to ind both the largest and smallest number in a list of
integers.
e. Write a program to ind factorial of list of number reading input as
command.
2. Write a program to calculate bonus for different departments using
method overriding.
3. Write a program to sort list of elements in ascending and descending order
and show the exception handling.
4. Write a program to implement the concept of importing classes from user
de ined package and creating packages.
 Syllabus CCE
5. Write programs that illustrate how the following forms of inheritance are
supported:
a) Single inheritance
b) Multiple inheritance
c) Multi level inheritance
d) Hierarchical inheritance
6. Write a program to demonstrate use of implementing interfaces.
7. Write a program to implement interfaces all string operations.
8. Write a program to create student report using applet, read the input using
text boxes and display the output using buttons.
9. Write a program to implement thread priorities.
10. Write a program to implement thread, applets and graphics to animate ball
movement.
11. JAVA Applet program
a) Write a Applet program using paint brush
b) Write a program to display analog clock using Applet
c) Write a program to create different shapes and ill colors using Applet
12. JAVA Event Handling program
a) Write a program that display the x and y position of the cursor
movement using Mouse
b) Write a program that identi ies key-up key-down event user entering
text in a Applet
13. JAVA programs on Swings
a) Write a program to build a Calculator in Swings
b) Write a program to display the digital watch in swing
c) Write a program that to create a single ball bouncing inside a JPanel.
d) Write a program JTree as displaying a real tree upside down
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS :
Hardware :
Desktop Systems - Pentium IV with 2 GB RAM
160 GB HARD Disk
Monitor 1024 x 768 colour

Software :
Windows operating system
JDK 1.8

109
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Write Java programs in accordance with the object oriented
programming concepts. (K6)
2. Design user de ined java packages. (K6)
3. Create Java programs using Inheritance and Polymorphism. (K6)
4. Implement Error-handling techniques using Exception handling and
Multithreading. (K6)
5. Develop Applet program and GUI using Swing components. (K6)
6. Enumerate the event handling techniques in Java Programming. (K5)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 3 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 - 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO6 2 3 3 2 - 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

SEMESTER - V
20CCTE501 L T P C
LIVE-IN-LAB - III
SDG NO. 4,11,15 0 0 2 2

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide opportunities for the students, expose to Industrial
environment and real time work
l To enable hands-on experience in the electronics hardware/Software
domain
l To enable development of skill set for designing and realizing prototype
electronic systems/simulation model

COURSE METHODOLOGY:
l This initiative is designed to inculcate ethical principles of research and
to get involve in life-long learning process for the students.
110
 Syllabus CCE
l The project work must involve engineering design with realistic
constraints. It must also include appropriate elements of the following:
Engineering standards, design analysis, modeling, simulation,
experimentation, prototyping, fabrication, correlation of data, and
software development.
l Project can be individual work or a group project, with maximum of 3
students. In case of group project, the individual project report of each
student should specify the individual's contribution to the group project.
l On completion of the project, the student shall submit a detailed project
report. The project should be reviewed and the report shall be evaluated
and the students shall appear for a viva-voce oral examination on the
project approved by the Coordinator and the project guide.

EVALUATION
l First evaluation (Immediately after first internal examination ) : 20
marks
l Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
30marks
l Final evaluation Last week of the semester) : 50marks
Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and
for awarding the final grade.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
1 Perform literature survey to identify the gap and an application oriented
research problem in the specific domain (K2)
2 Design and validate the proposed system using simulation (K3)
3 Implement the proposed system (K3)
4 Examine the obtained results and prepare a technical report (K4)
5 Publish the work in journals and apply for the patents.(K3)
6 Prepare for industrial environment and real time work (K3)

111
 Syllabus CCE
CO - PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

SEMESTER - V
20ECTP501 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4,11,15 0 0 3 1

OBJECTIVES:
l Enhance their quantitative ability.
· l Enhance their reasoning ability
· l Enhance their verbal ability.
· l Equip with creative thinking and problem solving skills

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – V 6 Hours

Square Root And Cube Root, Logarithm, Volume and Surface Area,
Permutation and Combination

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – VI 6 Hours

Probability, Averages, Area, Odd Man Out, Crypt Arithmetic, Flowcharts

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – III 6 Hours

Data Interpretation Table Charts, Data Interpretation Bar Charts, Blood
Relationship, Puzzles

UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – III 6 HOURS

Spellings, Selecting Words, Spotting Errors, Ordering of Words, Logical
Sequence of Words
112
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – III 6 Hours
Logical Puzzles, Playing Cards Puzzles, Clock Puzzles, Number Puzzles,
Sudoku
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS

REFERENCES
l Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
l Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
l A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
l Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma

PYTHON PROGRAMMING AND CCNA - PHASE 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable students to,
l The course is designed to provide Strong knowledge of Python.
l Python programming is intended for software engineers, system
analysts, program managers and user support personnel who wish to
learn the Python programming language.
l Understand the basics of configuration and routing in networks.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION, DATATYPES AND

STRINGS, LIST & TUPLES 10
DataTypes - Integer, Float , Boolean , String , List , Tuple , Dictionary and Sets.
String - Concatenation and Replication, isalnum functions, Slicing Operation
sorted() , reversed() , min() , max() , index() and count() function, packing and
unpacking of data in a tuple

UNIT II DICTIONARY AND SETS and HANDLING 10

Dictionary - del Keyword,. Sets - Frozen sets, Internal working of sets, add() ,
union() , intersection() and difference() method, symmetric_difference,
clear() method, Operators in sets, Higher Order Functions - map , filter ,
reduce and lambda function, Random Library

UNIT III EXCEPTIONAL HANDLING, REGULAR EXPRESSIONS

AND OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 10
Exception Handling - All Error Categories, try , except , finally blocks, Raising
an exception, Regular Expression, Object Oriented Programming - Types of
Inheritence, Data encapsulation and Abstraction, Polymorphism, Method
113
 Syllabus CCE
OverRiding, Operator overloading, operator overRiding,

UNIT IV CCNA TOPOLOGY AND CONFIGURATION 8

Introduction to Cisco Packet Tracer- Configure the basic switch and router
settings- Forming a simple network - Implementing various network
topology - Securing switch ports - Configure EtherChannel - Configuration of
IPv4 - Configuration of IPv6

UNIT V ROUTING AND NETWORKING 7

Subnetting a network - Implementing static routing - Implementing dynamic
routing - Implementing VLAN - Configuring DHCP
TOTAL : 45 HOURS

REFERENCES
1 Python-(Mark Lutz)
2 Python Training guide (BPB Publications)
3 Zobel, Justin (2014), Writing for Computer Science. Third edition.
Springer Verlag London Ltd (270 p).

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://www.tutorialandexample.com/ccna-tutorial
2 https://www.computernetworkingnotes.com/ccna-study-guide/types-
of-static-routes- explained.html

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Explain basic principles of Python programming language (K2)
2 Implement object oriented concepts (K2)
3 Implement database and GUI applications (K2)
4 Install, configure and operate LAN and WAN services for small networks
(K3)
5 Manage Network for a small Organization (K2)

114
 Syllabus CCE
CO - PO - PSO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 3 2 3 1 2 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 3 2 2 2 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 3 2 2 - 1 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

115
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VI
20ECPW501 DISCRETE TIME SIGNAL PROCESSING L T P C
SDG NO. 4,9 (With Laboratory Component) 3 0 2 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn discrete Fourier transform, fast Fourier transform, properties of
DFT and its application to linear filtering
l To understand the characteristics of digital filters, design digital IIR filters
and apply these filters to filter undesirable signals in various frequency
bands
l To understand the characteristics of digital linear phase FIR filters, design
digital FIR filters and apply these filters to filter undesirable signals in
various frequency bands
l To understand the effects of finite precision representations on digital
filters and obtain knowledge and ability to use the digital Signal Processors
to build DSP systems for real time problems
l Perform basic operations on signal processing and design filters using
MATLAB, and to study the architecture of DSP Processor and Implement
certain DSP algorithms on Digital Signal Processors

UNIT I DISCRETE FOURIER TRANSFORM 9

Summary of analysis & synthesis equations for FT & DTFT, frequency domain
sampling, Discrete Fourier transform (DFT) - deriving DFT from DTFT,
properties of DFT - periodicity, symmetry, circular convolution. Linear
filtering using DFT. Filtering long data sequences - overlap save and overlap
add method. Fast computation of DFT - Radix-2 Decimation-in-time (DIT) Fast
Fourier transform (FFT), Decimation-in-frequency (DIF), Fast Fourier
transform (FFT). Linear filtering using FFT.

UNIT II INFINITE IMPULSE RESPONSE FILTERS 9

Characteristics of practical frequency selective filters, characteristics of
commonly used analog filters - Butterworth filters, Chebyshev filters. Design
of IIR filters from analog filters (LPF, HPF, BPF, BRF) - Approximation of
derivatives, Impulse invariance method, Bilinear transformation. Frequency
transformation in the analog domain. Structure of IIR filter - direct form I,
direct form II, cascade, parallel realizations.

UNIT III FINITE IMPULSE RESPONSE FILTERS 9

Design of FIR filters - symmetric and Anti-symmetric FIR filters - design of
linear phase FIR filters using Fourier series method - FIR filter design using

116
 Syllabus CCE
windows (Rectangular, Hamming and Hanning window), Frequency sampling
method. FIR filter structures - linear phase structure, direct form realizations

UNIT IV FINITE WORD LENGTH EFFECTS 9

Fixed point and floating point number representation - ADC - quantization -
truncation and rounding - quantization noise - input / output quantization -
coefficient quantization error - product quantization error - overflow error -
limit cycle oscillations due to product quantization and summation - scaling to
prevent overflow.

UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS 9

DSP functionalities - circular buffering – DSP architecture – Fixed and Floating
point architecture principles – Programming – Application examples.

LAB COMPONENT – LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 15

MATLAB / EQUIVALENT SOFTWARE PACKAGE
1. Generation of elementary Discrete-Time sequences, Linear and Circular
convolutions, Auto correlation and Cross Correlation.
2. Frequency Analysis using DFT and FFT.
3. Design of FIR filters (LPF/HPF/BPF/BSF) and demonstrates the filtering
operation.
4. Design of Butterworth and Chebyshev IIR filters (LPF/HPF/BPF/BSF) and
demonstrate the filtering operations.

DSP PROCESSOR BASED IMPLEMENTATION

1. Study of architecture of Digital Signal Processor and Perform MAC
operation using various addressing modes.
2. Generation of signals – Square, Triangular, Sawtooth.
3. Convolution.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John G Proakis and Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing Principles,
Algorithms and Applications”, Pearson, Fifth Edition, 2021.
2. A.V.Oppenheim, R.W. Schafer and J.R. Buck, “Discrete Time Signal
Processing”, Eighth Indian Reprint, Pearson, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Emmanuel C. Ifeachor & Barrie. W. Jervis, “Digital Signal Processing”,
Second Edition, Pearson Education / Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Sanjit K. Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing – A Computer Based Approach”,

117
 Syllabus CCE
Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Andreas Antoniou, “Digital Signal Processing”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2006.
4. K. P. Soman and K. I. Ramachandran, "Insight into Wavelets - From Theory
to Practice", Prentice Hall of India, Third Edition, 2010.
5. B. Venkataramani, M. Bhaskar, “Digital Signal Processors: Architecture,
Programming and Application”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2002.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_signal_processing/index.htm
2. https://www.analog.com/en/design-center/landing-pages/001/
beginners-guide-to-dsp. html
3. https://101science.com/dsp.htm

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ee31https://nptel.ac.in/courses/
117105134/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105134/
3. https://www.edx.org/course/discrete-time-signal-processing-4

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Analyse the signals in frequency domain using DFT and FFT algorithm.
(K4).
2. Perform Linear filtering to demonstrate the output response of a system
and characterize frequency selective filters. (K3)
3. Design digital IIR and FIR to select specific frequency components present
in the signal. (K4)
4. Select appropriate realization structure for various filters and characterize
the effects of finite word length in filters. (K4)
5. Analyse the errors due to quantization and realize the architecture of
digital signal processors. (K4)
6. Execute basic signal processing operations and design filters using
MATLAB / EQUIVALENT SOFTWARE and analyze the architecture and
design DSP system for various applications of DSP Processor. (K4)

118
 Syllabus CCE
CO - PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 1 3 - - - 1 - - 2 3 -

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 1 - - 3 3 2

CO3 3 1 2 1 2 - - - 1 - - 3 3 1

CO4 3 2 2 3 2 2 - - 1 - - 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 2

CO6 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 3 2 3 2

SEMESTER - VI
20CSPC403 OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE L T P C
SDG NO. 4 ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To address the real time complex Engineering problems using innovative
approaches with strong core computing skills
l To apply Core-analytical knowledge and appropriate techniques and
provide solutions to real time challenges of National and Global society
l To understand the concepts of OOAD and Design projects using UML
diagrams
l To improve the Software Design with Design Patterns

UNIT I SOFTWARE PROCESS AND AGILE DEVELOPMENT 9

Introduction to Software Engineering - Software Process - Perspective and
Specialized Process Models - Introduction to Agility-Agile process-Extreme
Programming-XP Process.

UNIT II REQUIREMENTS ANALYSIS AND SOFTWARE DESIGN 9

Software Requirements: Functional And Non-Functional - User
Requirement - System Requirements - Software Requirements Document –
Requirement Engineering Process - Feasibility Studies - Requirements
Elicitation and Analysis -Requirements Validation - Requirements
Management - Design Process – Design Concepts - Design Model – Design
Heuristic – Architectural Design -Architectural Styles - Architectural Design -
Architectural Mapping using Data Flow.

119
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III STATIC AND DYNAMIC UML DIAGRAMS 9
Introduction To OOAD with OO Basics-Uni ied Process-Usecase – Case Study-
The Next Gen Pos System, Inception –Use Case Modeling - Relating Use Cases-
Include, Extend And Generalization-Class Diagram-Elaboration-Domain
Model-Finding Conceptual Classes And Description Classes-Associations-
Attributes-Aggregation And Composition-Dynamic Diagrams-UML
Interaction Diagrams-System Sequence Diagram-Collaboration Diagram-
State Machine Diagram And Modeling-Activity Diagram.

UNIT IV IMPLEMENTATION UML DIAGRAMS AND DESIGN PATTERNS 9

Implementation Diagrams-Package Diagram-Component and Deployment
Diagrams - GRASP: Designing Objects with Responsibilities - Creator -
Information Expert - Low Coupling-High Cohesion-Controller Design Patterns
- Creational - Factory Method - Structural - Bridge - Adapter - Behavioral-
Strategy-Observer-Applying GoF Design Patterns-Mapping Design to Code.

UNIT V TESTING AND MAINTENANCE 9

Software Testing Fundamentals-Internal And External Views of Testing-White
Box Testing – Basis Path Testing - Control Structure Testing - Black Box
Testing- Regression Testing – Unit Testing – Integration Testing – Validation
Testing – System Testing and Debugging –Software Implementation
Techniques: Coding Practices - Refactoring - Maintenance and Reengineering-
BPR Model - Reengineering Process Model - Reverse and Forward
Engineering.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering – A Practitioner's Approach”,
Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition, 2005
2. Craig Larman, “Applying UML and Patterns: An Introduction to Object-
Oriented Analysis and Design and Iterative Development”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, Third Edition, PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2009.
2. Pankaj Jalote, “Software Engineering, A Precise Approach”, Wiley India,
2010.
3. Erich Gamma, Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson, John Vlissides, “Design
patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software”, Addison-
Wesley, 1995.

120
 Syllabus CCE
4. Martin Fowler, “UML Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Standard Object
Modeling Language”, Third edition, Addison Wesley, 2003.
5. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education Asia, 2007.
6. Ali Bahrami, “Object Oriented Systems Development”, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1999.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs69/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-cs69
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105182/
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Object-oriented_analysis_and_design
5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/object_oriented_analysis_design/
ooad_object_oriented_analysis.htm

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428551142.pdf
2. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2318/software-engineering
3. https://courses.cs.washington.edu/courses/cse403/01au/lectures/
4. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/introduction-to-software-
engineering/video-lectures/
5. https://www.ece.rutgers.edu/~marsic/books/SE/instructor/slides/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Identify the key activities in managing a software project and Compare
different process models.(K1)
2. Understand Concepts of requirements engineering and Analysis Modeling.
(K2)
3. Apply systematic procedure for software design and deployment. (K3)
4. Compare and contrast the various testing and maintenance. (K5)
5. Express software design with UML diagrams.(K2)
6. Convert UML based software design into pattern based design using
design patterns. (K3)

121
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

1. Identify the key activities in managing a software project and Compare

different process models. (K1)
2. Understand Concepts of requirements engineering and Analysis Modeling.
(K2)
3. Apply systematic procedure for software design and deployment. (K3)
4. Compare and contrast the various testing and maintenance. (K5)
5. Express software design with UML diagrams. (K2)
6. Convert UML based software design into pattern based design using
design patterns. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 - - 3

CO2 3 2 - 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 - - 3

CO3 3 2 - 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 - - 3

SEMESTER - VI
20CSPC601 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE L T P C
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the various characteristics of Intelligent agents
l To learn the different search strategies in AI
l To learn to represent knowledge in solving AI problems
l To understand the different ways of designing software agents and about
the various applications of AI

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction - De inition - Future of Arti icial Intelligence – Characteristics of
Intelligent Agents – Typical Intelligent Agents – Problem Solving Approach to
Typical AI Problems – Search Strategies - Uninformed - Heuristics - Informed.
122
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT II PROBLEM SOLVING METHODS 9
Local Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems - Searching with Partial
Observations – Constraint Satisfaction Problems – Constraint Propagation -
Backtracking Search - Game Playing – Optimal Decisions in Games – Alpha-
Beta Pruning - Stochastic Games.

UNIT III REPRESENTATION OF KNOWLEDGE 9

First Order Predicate Logic – Prolog Programming – Uni ication – Forward
Chaining - Backward Chaining – Resolution – Knowledge Representation -
Ontological Engineering - Categories and Objects - Events - Mental Events and
Mental Objects - Reasoning Systems for Categories - Reasoning with Default
Information.

UNIT IV PLANNING AND LEARNING 9

Planning – Planning with State Space Search- Partial Order Planning
Algorithm – Planning Graphs - Logical Formulation of Learning - Knowledge in
Learning - Explanation-based Learning - Learning using Relevance
Information.

UNIT V NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 9

Language models - Phrase Structure Grammars - Syntactic Analysis –
Augmented Grammars and Semantic Interpretation - Application with NLP:
Developing a Simple Chatbot - Types of Chatbot.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1 Stuart J Russell and Peter Norvig, "Arti icial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach”, Prentice Hall, Third Edition, 2009.
2 Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B. Nair, “Arti icial Intelligence”,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, Third Edition, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. M. Tim Jones, “Arti icial Intelligence: A Systems Approach(Computer
Science)”, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc.; First Edition, 2008.
2. Nils J. Nilsson, “The Quest for Arti icial Intelligence”, Cambridge University
Press, 2009.
3. William F. Clocksin and Christopher S. Mellish, “Programming in Prolog:
Using the ISO Standard”, Springer, Fifth Edition, 2003.
4. George F Luger, “Arti icial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for
Complex Problem Solving”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, Fifth Edition,
2017.

123
 Syllabus CCE
5. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein and Edward Loper, “Natural Language Processing
with Python”, O’Reilly, 2009, https://www.nltk.org/book/.
6. I. Bratko, “Prolog: Programming for Arti icial Intelligence”, Addison-
Wesley Educational Publishers Inc., Fourth Edition, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=uSvYmki2yg0C&printsec=
frontcover&dq=Supervised+Learning&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKE
wigkNa1xN3oAhWawjgGHe8hAzoQ6AEIKDAA#v=onepage&q=Sup
ervised% 20Learning&f=false

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Infer the agent characteristics and its problem solving approaches.(K2)
2. Select appropriate search algorithms for any AI problem.(K1)
3. Apply the principles of AI in game playing.(K3)
4. Construct and solve a problem using irst order and predicate logic.(K3)
5. Identify the methods of solving problems using planning and
learning.(K3)
6. Implement applications for Natural Language Processing that use
Arti icial Intelligence.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 2 3

CO2 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 2

CO4 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO5 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 2 - - 1 2 2

CO6 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 2 - - 1 2 3

124
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VI
20CCPC601 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 COMPUTING WITH LABORATORY 3 0 2 4
OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the basic concepts of wireless communication.
l To learn the concepts of cellular networks.
l To understand about multiple access in wireless system.
l To learn about IEEE standards.
l To learn the concepts of Bluetooth

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction, Transmission Fundamentals-Signals for Conveying Information,
Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Channel Capacity, Transmission Media,
Multiplexing Communication networks LANs, MANs, and WANs, Switching
Techniques, Circuit Switching, Packet Switching, Protocols and the TCP/IP
Suite-Need for a Protocol Architecture, TCP/IP Protocol Architecture, OSI
Model, Internetworking.

UNIT II CELLULAR WIRELESS NETWORKS 9

Principles of Cellular Networks, First Generation Analog Second-Generation
TDMA Second-Generation CDMA, Third-Generation Systems Antennas and
Propagation-Antennas, Propagation Modes, Line-of Sight Transmission,
Fading in the Mobile Environment Modulation Techniques-Signal Encoding
Criteria, Digital Data- Analog Signals, Analog Data-Analog Signals, Analog
Data-Digital Signals Spread Spectrum-The Concept of Spread Spectrum,
Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum, Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum,
Code Division Multiple Access, Coding and Error Control-Error Detection,
Block Error Correction Codes , Convolution Codes, Automatic Repeat Request

UNIT III MULTIPLE ACCESS IN WIRELESS SYSTEM 9

Multiple access scheme-FDMA, TDMA,CDMA, SDMA, packet radio access,
multiple access with collision avoidance. Global system for mobile
communication - Global system for mobile communication, GSM architecture,
GSM entities, call routing in GSM,PLMN interface, GSM addresses and
identifiers, network aspects in GSM,GSM frequency allocation, authentication
and security General packet radio service(GPRS) and packet data network,
GPRS- network architecture,network operation, data services, Applications,
Billing and charging in GPRS Wireless System Operations and standards -
Cordless Systems, Wireless Local Loop, Wi-MAX and IEEE 802.16 Broadband
Wireless Access Standards Mobile IP and Wireless Application.
125
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT IV IEEE STANDARDS 9
Wi-Fi and the IEEE 802.11 Wireless LAN Standard – IEEE 802 architecture,
IEEE 802.11 architecture and services, IEEE 802.11 Medium access control,
IEEE 802.11 physical layer, Wi-Fi protected access.

UNIT V BLUETOOTH 9
Bluetooth - Radio specification, baseband specification, link manager
specification, logical link control and adaption protocol.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 15
1 Wireless Channel Simulation including fading effects
2 Wireless Channel Simulation including Doppler effects.
3 Simulation of Channel Estimation, Synchronization
4 Simulation of Equalization techniques.
5 Analyzing Impact of Pulse Shaping and Matched Filtering using Software
Defined Radios.
6 OFDM Signal Transmission using Software Defined Radios.
7 OFDM Signal Reception using Software Defined Radios.

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wireless Communications & Networks, Second Edition,William Stallings
by Pearson
2. Mobile ComputingTechnology,Applications and service creation ,Asoke K
Telukder, Roopa R Yavagal by TMH

REFERENCES:
1. Wireless and mobile networks, Dr. Sunilkumar S. Manvi, Dr.
Mahabaleshwar S.Kakkasageri by WILEY Wireless networks, P.
Nicopolitidis,M.S. Obaidat,G.I.Papadimitriou,A.S.Pomportsis by WILEY
2. Mobile Computing,Raj Kamal by Oxford
3. Mobile Computing Theory and Practice-Kumkum Garg-Pearson
4. Wireless Communications & Networks, Second Edition,William Stallings
by Pearson

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www3.nd.edu/~cpoellab/teaching/cse40814_fall08/Lesson1
.pdf
2. https://www.cse.wustl.edu/~jain/refs/wir_refs.htm

126
 Syllabus CCE
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/9780470167960.
fmatter

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Summarize the Concepts of Networks (K2)
2 Interpret the Concepts of Cellular Wireless Networks.(K2)
3 Understand the Concepts of Multiple Access in Wireless System.(K2)
4 Interpret the Concepts of IEEE Standards (K2)
5 Understand the working of Bluetooth. (K2)
6 Implementation of Wireless Simulation and OFDM Transmission and
Reception (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 - 2 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 3 3 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 - 3 2 3 2 3 3

CO4 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 - 2 2 2 1 3 2

CO6 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 2 2 2

SEMESTER - VI
20HSPL501 COMMUNICATION AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4,8 SOFT SKILLS LAB 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To develop effective communication and presentation skills
l To enhance the employability and career skills of the learners
l To enable the learners for preparing job application and e-portfolio
l To make the learners use soft skills efficiently
l To develop their confidence and help them in attending interviews
successfully

127
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT I LISTENING AND SPEAKING SKILLS 6
Conversational skills participate in formal and informal talks – general, –
group discussion – time management – group dynamics – GD strategies -
making effective presentations - listening/watching interviews
conversations, documentaries - listening to lectures, discussions from social
media – improving articulation.

UNIT II ADVANCED READING AND WRITING SKILLS 6

Reading different genres of texts - writing job applications – cover letter –
ré sumé – emails – memos - writing abstracts – summaries – interpreting visual
texts.

UNIT III SKILLS FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMS 6

Reading passages for competitive exams – language focus exercise – building
vocabulary tasks - FAQs related to competitive exams – current affairs -
improving global reading skills – elaborating ideas – summarizing –
understanding arguments – identifying opinion/attitude and making
inferences - critical reading.

UNIT IV SOFT SKILLS 6

Motivation – emotional intelligence – managing changes – stress management
– leadership straits – team work – career planning – intercultural
communication – creative and critical thinking

UNIT V INTERVIEW SKILLS 6

Different types of interview – personal interview – panel interview –
telephone/online interview - interview etiquette - answering questions –
offering information – mock interviews – FAQs related to job interviews
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. Business English Certificate Materials, Cambridge University Press.
2. Comfort, Jeremy, et al. Speaking Effectively: Developing Speaking Skills
for Business English. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011.
3. International English Language Testing System Practice Tests,
Cambridge University Press.
4. Personality Development (CD-ROM), Times Multimedia, Mumbai.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://www.slideshare.net/rohitjsh/presentation-on-group-discussion
2. http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/words/writing-job-applications
3. http://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/interview-skills.html
4. http://www.personalitydevelopment.org/
128
 Syllabus CCE
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/107/109107121/
6. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_hs33/preview
7. https://ict.iitk.ac.in/courses/enhancing-soft-skills-and-personality/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.britishcoucil.my/english/courses-adults/learning-
tips/importance-of-soft-skills
2. https://www.skillsoft.com/content-solutions/business-skills-
training/soft-skills-training/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course learners should be able to
1. Demonstrate a better understanding of the communication process by
articulating effectively(K2)
2. Exhibit soft skills & technical skills and construct e-portfolio
effectively(K3)
3. Apply critical thinking abilities and perform well in group discussions(K2)
4. Adapt the skills towards grooming as a professional continuously(K2)
5. Identify different types of personal interview skills through mock
interviews and practices(K2)
6. Execute the employability and career skills in their chosen profession(K3)

CO - PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - - - 1 2 3 1 1

CO2 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 2 1

CO3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 - 1

CO4 - - - - - - - 1 1 3 2 2

CO5 - - - - - 2 - 1 2 3 - 1

129
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VI
20CSPL601 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE L T P C
SDG NO. 4 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn Prolog Program
l To Implement in Prolog, C and its working environment
l To Implement N-Queen problem and puzzle problem using Prolog
l To Analyze the problem using BFS and DFS algorithm

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Study of Prolog.
2. Write simple fact for the statements using Prolog.
3. Write predicates - one converts centigrade temperature to Fahrenheit,
other checks if a temperature is below freezing.
4. Write a program to solve 4-Queen problem.
5. Write a program to solve 8-Puzzle problem.
6. Write a program to solve any problem using Breadth First Search.
7. Write a program to solve any problem using Depth First Search.
8. Write a program to solve Travelling Salesman Problem.
9. Write a program to solve Water Jug problem.
10. Write a program to solve Missionaries and Cannibal problem.
11. Write a program to implement Library Management System.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS :
SOFTWARE : Prolog, Turbo C

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1 Interpret the concepts of Turbo and Prolog programming in AI.(K3)
2 Examine First order predicate logic to solve AI problems. (K4)
3 Apply Informed search strategies to solve AI problems.(K3)
4 Apply Uninformed search strategies to solve AI problems.(K3)
5 Select State Space Searching method to solve AI problems.(K3)
6 Demonstrate an application using Natural Language Processing. (K3)

130
 Syllabus CCE
CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO2 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 2

CO4 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 2 - - 1 2 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 2 - - 1 2 3

SEMESTER - VI
20CCPJ601 L T P C
INNOVATIVE DESIGN PROJECT
SDG NO. 4, 11, 15 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the engineering aspects of design with reference to simple
products
l To foster innovation in design of products
l To develop design that add value to products and solve technical problems.
l To create awareness among the students of the characteristics of several
domain areas where IT can be effectively used

COURSE PLAN :
Study: Take minimum three simple products, processes or techniques in the
area of specialization, study, analyze and present them. The analysis shall be
focused on functionality, construction, quality, reliability, safety, maintenance,
handling, sustainability, cost etc. whichever are applicable. Each student in the
group has to present individually; choosing different products, processes or
techniques.
Design: The project team shall identify an innovative product, process or
technology and proceed with detailed design. At the end, the team has to
document it properly and present and defend it. The design is expected to
concentrate on functionality; design for strength is not expected.

Note: The one hour/week allotted for tutorial shall be used for discussions and
presentations. The project team (not exceeding four) can be students from
different branches, if the design problem is multidisciplinary.

131
 Syllabus CCE

EVALUATION:
1. First evaluation (Immediately after irst internal examination) : 20 marks
2. Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
20 marks
3. Final evaluation ( Last week of the semester) : 60 marks
Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for
awarding the inal grade.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand how to approach innovation challenges from a human-
centred perspective [K2]
2. develop many creative ideas through structured brainstorming sessions
[K3]
3. Apply the perspectives of different people that lead to best innovations
[K3]
4. Comprehend the importance of incorporating multidisciplinary approach
that address human needs and sustainable development [K3]
5. The signi icance of developing innovation projects with a prototyping
mind set, where iterations, trial and error, and even failure are all part of a
valuable, creative learning process [K4]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

132
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VI
20CCTP601 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4,11,15 0 0 2 1

APTITUDE & COGNITIVE SKILLS – PHASE 1

OBJECTIVES:
l Enhance their quantitative ability.
l Enhance their reasoning ability
l Enhance their verbal ability.

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – VII 6

Races And Games, Boats and Streams, Surds and Indices, Pipes and Cistern,
Alligations And Mixtures

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – VIII 6

Numbers, Problems on Numbers, Pick Wrong Number, Missing Number, Areas,
Shapes, Perimeter.

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – IV 6

Data Interpretation Pie Charts, Data Interpretation Line Charts, Data
Sufficiency (DS), Data Arrangements, LR – Arrangements, LR – Ranking.

UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – IV 6

Sentence Correction, Sentence Improvement, Completing Statements,
Sentence Formation, Paragraph Formation.

UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – IV 6

Dot Situation, Rule Detection, Embedded Images, Grouping Of Images, Image
Analysis.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES
l Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
l Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
l A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
l Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma

133
 Syllabus CCE
PROBLEM SOLVING USING BASIC DATA STRUCTURES
AND TENSOR FLOW – PHASE 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable students to
l The objective of the course is to familiarize students with basic data
structures and their use in fundamental algorithms.
l Understand the basic and advanced concept of machine learning and
deep learning

UNIT I LINKED LIST & STACK, QUEUE & HEAP 10

Linked List - Doubly Linked List Traversal, Circular Linked List, Structure,
Node creation, Traversal Stack, Stack –Time Complexities of the Operations,
Infix to Postfix/Prefix Conversation, Histogram Problem, Implementation -
Using Array, Using Linked List, Queue Implementation - Queue using Stack

UNIT II BINARY TREE AND HASHING 10

Binary Tree - Types of Binary Tree,Balanced Tree, Degenerate or pathological
Tree, Binary Search Tree, Inorder , Preorder , PostOrder and LevelOrder
Traversal, Hashing, Linear Probing for Collision Handling, Union and
Intersection of two Linked Lists

UNIT III TREES AND GRAPH 10

AVL Tree -Right-Left Imbalance, Left and Right Rotation, - Red Black Tree,
Rules of coloring Left and Right Rotation,Graph terminology –Representation
of graphs –Path matrix –Graph Traversal –BFS (breadth first search) –DFS
(depth first search) –Minimum spanning Tree –Kruskal's Algorithm & Prim's
Algorithm –Warshall's algorithm (shortest path algorithm).

UNIT IV BASICS OF TENSOR FLOW 8

Tensors- Create a Tensor - Tensor Operations - The nn.Module -A word about
Layers - Datasets and DataLoaders - Understanding Custom Datasets -
Understanding Custom DataLoaders.

UNIT V TRAINING A NEURAL NETWORK 7

Training a Neural Network - Loss functions - Custom Loss Function -
Optimizers - Using GPU/Multiple GPUs
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

134
 Syllabus CCE
REFERENCES
1. Weiss, Mark. A. (2012), Data structures and algorithm analysis in Java. 3
edition. Harlow, Essex : Pearson (632 p).
2 Zobel, Justin (2014), Writing for Computer Science. 3 edition. Springer
Verlag London Ltd (270 p).

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://www.tensorflow.org/guide/basics
2 https://www.javatpoint.com/tensorflow-introduction

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Understand Data abstraction and information hiding. (K2)
2. Learn linear data structures and their applications in problem solving
and programming. (K3)
3. Learn nonlinear data structures and their applications in problem
solving and programming. (K3)
4. Understand Internal and external sort and search techniques. (K2)
5. Synthesize efficient algorithms in common engineering design
situations. (K3)
6. Train and run the deep neural networks (K3)

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 1 1 3 2

CO4 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2

135
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VII
20CCPW701 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK L T P C
SDG NO. 9 SECURITY (WITH LAB) 3 0 2 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Cryptography Theories, Algorithms and Systems.
l To understand necessary Approaches and Techniques to build protection
mechanisms in order to secure computer networks.
l To understand Cryptography Theories, Algorithms and Systems.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction, The need for security, Security approaches, Principles of
security, Types of Security attacks, Security services, Security Mechanisms, A
model for Network Security Cryptography Concepts and Techniques:
Introduction, plain text and cipher text, substitution techniques, transposition
techniques, encryption and decryption, symmetric and asymmetric key
cryptography, steganography, key range and key size, possible types of attacks.

UNIT II: SYMMETRIC KEY CIPHERS 9

Block Cipher principles, DES, AES, Blowfish, RC5, IDEA, Block cipher
operation, Stream ciphers, RC4. Asymmetric key Ciphers: Principles of public
key cryptosystems, RSA algorithm, Elgamal Cryptography, Diffie-Hellman Key
Exchange, Knapsack Algorithm.

UNIT III CRYPTOGRAPHIC HASH FUNCTIONS 9

Message Authentication, Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-512), Message
authentication codes: Authentication requirements, HMAC, CMAC, Digital
signatures, Elgamal Digital Signature Scheme. Key Management and
Distribution: Symmetric Key Distribution Using Symmetric & Asymmetric
Encryption, Distribution of Public Keys, Kerberos, X.509 Authentication
Service, Public – Key Infrastructure.

UNIT IV NETWORK AND INTERNET SECURITY 9

Electronic Mail security – PGP, S/MIME – IP security – Web Security - SYSTEM
SECURITY: Intruders – Malicious software – viruses – Firewalls - Network
Access Control and Cloud Security – Transport Level Security – Wireless
Network Security – Email Security – IP Security.

136
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V LAB COMPONENT – LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 24
1. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value
\Hello World’. The program should XOR each character in this string with
0 and displays the result.
2. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value
\Hello World’. The program should AND or and XOR each character in this
string with 127 and display the result.
3. Write a Java program to perform encryption and decryption using the
following algorithms:
a)Ceaser Cipher b) Substitution Cipher c) Hill Cipher
4. Write a Java program to implement the DES algorithm logic
5. Write a Java program to implement RSA Algoithm
6. Implement the Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange mechanism using HTML
and JavaScript. Consider the end user as one of the parties (Alice) and the
JavaScript application as other party (bob).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cryptography and Network Security – Principles and Practice: William
Stallings, Pearson Education, 6th Edition
2. Cryptography and Network Security: Atul Kahate, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd
Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Cryptography and Network Security: C K Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R Padm
anabhan, Wiley India, 1st Edition.
2. Cryptography and Network Security :Forouzan Mukhopadhyay, Mc Graw
Hill, 3rd Edition
3. Information Security, Principles, and Practice: Mark Stamp, Wiley India.
4. Principles of Computer Security: WM. Arthur Conklin, Greg White, TMH
5. Introduction to Network Security: Neal Krawetz, CENGAGE Learning
6. Network Security and Cryptography: Bernard Menezes, CENGAGE
Learning

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Understand the concepts of Network Security and Remember the various
mathematical techniques applied in Cryptography (K2)
2. Apply the Symmetric and Asymmetric Cryptographic methods and design
Secure Applications to operate Digital Signature in Real World Situation.
(K3)

137
 Syllabus CCE
3. Analyze the Security Architecture and the authentication requirements to
identify the vulnerability of the Internet systems in designing the firewalls
for E-commerce applications and resolve it. (K3)
4. Evaluate the Authentication Applications with different system security
tools and recognize the mechanisms of the attacks, and apply them to
design and evaluate counter-measure tools (K3)
5. Create secured coding in design principles and identify various intrusion
detection systems to achieve highest system security (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 1 3 - - - 1 - - 2 3 -

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 1 - - 3 3 2

CO3 3 1 2 1 2 - - - 1 - - 3 3 1

CO4 3 2 2 3 2 2 - - 1 - - 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 3 2 3 2

SEMESTER - VII
20CSPC701
BIG DATA ANALYTICS L T P C
SDG NO. 9 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To describe the basic concepts of Big Data Characteristics and Analytics
l To examine the Hadoop and MapReduce framework for processing large
volume of data sets
l To demonstrate Hive, Pig, MongoDB and Report generation
l To analyze the Big Data for useful Business applications and get familiarized
with the Visualization

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA ANALYTICS 9

Classi ication of Digital Data - Introduction to Big Data: Characteristics –
Evolution – De inition - Challenges with Big Data - Other Characteristics of
Data - Why Big Data - Traditional Business Intelligence versus Big Data - Data
Warehouse and Hadoop Environment - Big Data Analytics: Classi ication of
Analytics – Challenges - Big Data Analytics importance - Data Science - Data
Scientist - Terminologies used in Big Data Environments - Basically Available
Soft State Eventual Consistency - Top Analytics Tools.
138
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT II HADOOP AND MAPREDUCE PROGRAMMING 9
Hadoop: Features – Advantages – Versions – Ecosystems – Distributions –
Hadoop Versus RDBMS - Distributed Computing Challenges – History -
Hadoop Overview - Use Case of Hadoop - Hadoop Distributors - Hadoop
Distributed File System - Processing Data with Hadoop - Managing Resources
and Applications with Hadoop YARN - Interacting with Hadoop Ecosystem –
MapReduce: Mapper – Reducer – Combiner – Partitioner – Searching – Sorting
– Compression.

UNIT III DATA PROCESSING SERVICES: HIVE & PIG 9

Hive: Introduction – Architecture - Data Types - File Formats - Hive Query
Language Statements – Partitions – Bucketing – Views - Sub-Query – Joins –
Aggregation - Group By and Having - RCFile Implementation - Hive User
De ined Function - Serialization and Deserialization - Hive Analytic Functions -
Pig: Introduction - History and Anatomy – Features – Philosophy - Use Case for
Pig - Pig Latin Overview - Pig Primitive Data Types - Running Pig - Execution
Modes of Pig - HDFS Commands - Relational Operators - Eval Function -
Complex Data Types - Piggy Bank - User-De ined Functions - Parameter
Substitution - Diagnostic Operator - Word Count Example using Pig - Pig at
Yahoo! - Pig Versus Hive.

UNIT IV NOSQL: MONGODB AND JASPER REPORTS 9

NoSQL Databases: Advantages - Usage - Vendors - New SQL - Comparison of
SQL, NoSQL and NewSQL - MongoDB: Why Mongo DB - Terms used in RDBMS
and MongoDB - Data Types - MongoDB Query Language Methods: Insert - Save
- Update - Remove - Find - NULL - Count - Limit - Sort - Skip - Arrays - Aggregate
- MapReduce - Cursors in MongoDB - Indexes - Import and Export - Jasper
Report using Jaspersoft - Connecting to MongoDB NOSQL Database.

UNIT V FRAMEWORKS AND VISUALIZATION 9

Apache Hbase - Architecture/Storage - Features - Data Model - Shell and
Implementation - Hbase Vs RDBMS - Zookeeper - Installation and
Con iguration - Running Zookeeper - Sqoop - Architecture - Import and Export
Data – Sqoop Job - Flume - Log Collection - Working with Twitter Stream -
Oozie - Simple and Complex Flow - Components - Service/Scheduler -
Work low - Apache Spark - Lambda Architecture - Spark Streaming - Spark
Processing - Apache Ka ka - Operations - Visualizations - Visual Data Analysis
Techniques - Interaction Techniques.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

139
 Syllabus CCE
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Seema Acharya, Subhashini Chellappan, "Big Data and Analytics", Wiley
Publications, First Edition, 2015.
2. TomWhite, "Hadoop:The De initive Guide", 3rd Edition, O'Reilly, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Seema Acharya, “Data Analytics using R”, McGraw Hill Publications, New
Edition, 2018.
2. Judith Huruwitz, Alan Nugent, Fern Halper, Marcia Kaufman, “Big data for
dummies”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. , 2013.
3. Donald Miner, “Map Reduce Design Patterns: Building Effective
Algorithms and Analytics for Hadoop and Other Systems”, O'Reilly Media,
2012.
4. Vignesh Prajapati, “Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop”, 1 st Edition,
Packet Publishing Limited, 2013.
5. Kyle Banker, “Mongo DB in Action”, Manning Publications Company, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.mongodb.org
2. https://hadoop.apache.org/
3. https://hive.apache.org/
4. https://pig.apache.org/
5. https://community.jaspersoft.com

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Describe the characteristics and challenges of big data analytics.(K2)
2. Apply Hadoop and MapReduce framework for processing massive volume
of data.(K3)
3. Use Hive and Pig to demonstrate the structured and semi structured
data.(K3)
4. Illustrate CRUD operations using MongoDB and Report generation using
Jaspersoft studio.(K3)
5. Explore the usage of Hadoop and its integration tools to manage Big Data
and Use Visualization techniques.(K3)
6. Apply suitable frameworks and NoSQL Database to solve the real time
problems. (K3)

140
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 3 - - - - 3 - - 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 3 1 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 2

SEMESTER - VII
20ITPC601 CLOUD COMPUTING AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 VIRTUALISATION 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concept of cloud computing
l To understand virtualization concepts
l To appreciate the emergence of cloud technologies and advancements
l To learn the concepts of Container Networking, Docker and Kubernetes

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Cloud Computing – De inition of Cloud – Evolution of Cloud
Computing – Underlying Principles of Parallel and Distributed Computing –
Cloud Characteristics – Elasticity in Cloud – On-demand Provisioning.

UNIT II VIRTUALIZATION 9
Basics of Virtualization – Types of Virtualization – Implementation levels of
Virtualization – Load Balancing and Virtualization - Understanding Hyper-
visors - Virtualization Structures – Tools and Mechanisms – Full Virtualization
vs Para Virtualization - Virtualization of CPU – Memory – I/O Devices –Virtual
Clusters and Resource Management - Physical Vs Virtual Clusters-Live
Migration-Migration of Memory, Files and Network Resources-Dynamic
Deployment of virtual Clusters-Virtualization for Data Center Automation.

UNIT III CLOUD ARCHITECTURE, SERVICES AND STORAGE 9

Layered Cloud Architecture Design – NIST Cloud Computing Reference
Architecture – Public, Private and Hybrid Clouds - IaaS – PaaS – SaaS –
Architectural Design Challenges – Cloud Storage – Storage-as-a-Service –
141
 Syllabus CCE
Advantages of Cloud Storage – Cloud Storage Providers – S3 - Disaster
Recovery.

UNIT IV CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES AND ADVANCEMENTS 9

Hadoop– MapReduce – Virtual Box - Cloud Platforms in Industry-Google App
Engine – Programming Environment for Google App Engine –Microsoft Azure
– Amazon Web Services- Federation in the Cloud – Four Levels of Federation –
Federated Services and Applications – Future of Federation.

UNIT V CONTAINER NETWORKING, DOCKER AND KUBERNETES 9

Motivation-The Container Networking Stack-Introduction to Container
Networking-Single Host Container Networking-Modes for Docker
Networking-Multi Host Networking -Multi Host Container Networking-
Docker Networking- Kubernetes Networking – A Gentle Kubernetes
Introduction - Overview - Intra-Pod Networking - Inter-Pod Networking -
Service Discovery in Kubernetes - Ingress and Engress - Advanced Networking
Topics in Kubernetes.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, Jack G. Dongarra, "Distributed and Cloud
Computing, From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things", Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2012.
2. Rittinghouse,John W and James F. Ransome, “Cloud Computing:
Implementation, Management and Security”, CRC Press, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Michael Hausenblas,“Container Networking From Docker to Kubernetes”,
O'Reilly Media, 2018.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. ThamaraiSelvi,”Mastering Cloud
Computing'', Tata McGraw Hill”, 2013.
3. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, "Cloud Computing - A
Practical Approach ”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.
4. George Reese, "Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications
and Infrastructure in the Cloud: Transactional Systems for EC2 and
Beyond (Theory in Practice) ”, O'Reilly, 2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs64
2. https://www.edx.org/learn/cloud-computing

142
 Syllabus CCE
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~abhirup09/Docs/cloud_computing_ inal_
report.pdf
2. https://www.netdevgroup.com/online/courses/virtualization/cloud-
and-virtualization-concepts

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand key technologies, strengths and limitations of cloud
computing.(K1)
2. Explore the importance of virtualization and usage of different types of
virtualization(K2)
3. Recognize the core issues in cloud resource management(K1)
4. Learn different types of cloud services and cloud storage (K1)
5. Apply the various current cloud technologies (K3)
6. Interpet concepts of Container Networking,Docker and Kubernetes (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 1 - 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO3 2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 1 1

CO6 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 1 1

SEMESTER - VII
20CCPC701 L T P C
MOBILE COMMUNICATION
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Understand the basic concepts of mobile computing
l Understand Wireless LAN, Bluetooth and WiFi Technologies
l Be familiar with the network protocol stack
l Learn the basics of mobile telecommunication system

143
 Syllabus CCE
l Be exposed to Ad-Hoc networks

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Mobile Computing — Applications of Mobile Computing-
Generations of Mobile Communication Technologies-MAC Protocols — SDMA-
TDMA- FDMA- CDMA

UNIT II MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

GSM — Architecture — Protocols — Connection Establishment — Frequency
Allocation — Routing — Mobility Management — Security –GPRS- UMTS-
Architecture

UNIT III WIRELESS NETWORKS 9

Wireless LANs and PANs — IEEE 802.11 Standard — Architecture — Services
— Blue Tooth- Wi-Fi — WiMAX

UNIT IV MOBILE NETWORK LAYER

Mobile IP — DHCP — AdHoc– Proactive and Reactive Routing Protocols —
Multicast Routing- Vehicular Ad Hoc networks ( VANET) –MANET Vs VANET —
Security

UNIT V MOBILE TRANSPORT AND APPLICATION LAYER

Mobile TCP– WAP — Architecture — WDP — WTLS — WTP –WSP — WAE —
WTA Architecture — WML

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jochen Schiller, "Mobile Communications", PHI, Second Edition, 2003.
2. Prasant Kumar Pattnaik, Rajib Mall, "Fundamentals of Mobile Computing",
PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi – 2012

REFERENCES:
1. Dharma Prakash Agarval, Qing and An Zeng, "Introduction to Wireless and
Mobile systems",Thomson Asia Pvt Ltd, 2005.
2. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S. Nicklons and Thomas Stober,
"Principles of Mobile Computing", Springer, 2003.
3. William.C.Y.Lee, "Mobile Cellular Telecommunications-Analog and Digital
Systems", Second Edition,Tata Mc Graw Hill Edition ,2006.
4. C.K.Toh, "AdHoc Mobile Wireless Networks", First Edition, Pearson
Education, 2002.
5. Android Developers : http://developer.android.com/index.html

144
 Syllabus CCE
6. Apple Developer : https://developer.apple.com/
7. Windows Phone Dev Center : http://developer.windowsphone.com
8. BlackBerry Developer : http://developer.blackberry.com

OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Explain the basics of mobile telecommunication system (K2)
2 Illustrate the generations of telecommunication systems in wireless
network (K2)
3 Understand the architecture of Wireless LAN technologies (K2)
4 Determine the functionality of network layer and Identify a routing
protocol for a given Ad hoc networks (K2)
5 Explain the functionality of Transport and Application layer (K2)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - 3 - 3 2 1 - 1 - 1 3 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 - 2 2 1 - 1 - 1 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 - 2 2 1 - 2 - 2 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 2 - 2 3 1 - 1 - 1 3 2 2

CO5 3 2 2 - 2 3 2 - 2 - 2 3 2 2

145
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VII
20HSMG601 PRINCIPLES OF ENGINEERING L T P C
SDG NO. 4 MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Enable the students to study the evolution of Management
l Study the functions and principles of management
l Learn the application of the principles in an organization.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONS 9

Management – Science or Art – Manager Vs Entrepreneur – types of managers
– Engineers as Managers. Evolution of Management – Scienti ic, human
relations, system and contingency approaches – Types of Business
organization – Sole proprietorship, partnership, company-public and private
sector enterprises – Organization culture and Environment – Current issues
and future trends in Management; Industry 4.0 – Engineering management in
modern business.

UNIT II PLANNING 9
Planning, Technology Planning - Nature and purpose of planning – planning
process – types of planning – objectives – setting objectives – policies –
Planning premises – MBO – process - Principles and functions of engineering
management – Planning Tools and Techniques – Decision making steps and
process.

UNIT III ORGANISING 9

Nature and purpose – Formal and informal organization – organization chart –
organization structure – types – Line and staff authority –
departmentalization – delegation of authority – centralization and
decentralization – Job Design – Human Resource Management – HR Planning,
Recruitment, selection, Training and Development, Performance
Management, Career planning and management.

UNIT IV DIRECTING and CONTROLLING 9

Foundations of individual and group behaviour – Motivation – theories and
techniques–Leadership – Level 5 leadership - theories – Leadership as a
determinant of Engineering management - Communication – process and
barriers – effective communication – Communication and IT - System and
process of controlling – budgetary and non-budgetary control techniques.

146
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V INNOVATION AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 9
Innovation management of Product and Services, Role of R & D in
Entrepreneurship, Breakthrough Innovation, Disruptive Innovation – Modern
approaches in Engineering management – Green management, Lean
management, Managing diversity. IPR – Principles of Ethics for Engineering
Managers.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tripathy PC and Reddy PN, Principles of Management, Tata McGraw Hill,
1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, Management, Prentice Hall (India)
Pvt. Ltd., 10th Edition, 2009.
2. JAF Stoner, Freeman R.E and Daniel R Gilbert Management, Pearson
Education, 6th Edition, 2004.
3. Stephen A. Robbins and David A. Decenzo and Mary Coulter,
Fundamentals of Management Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2011.
4. Robert Kreitner and MamataMohapatra, Management, Biztantra, 2008.
5. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich Essentials of management Tata
McGraw Hill,1998.

WEB RESOURCES:
1. h t t p s : / / w w w. m a n a g e m e n t s t u d y g u i d e . c o m / o r g a n i
zationmanagement.htm
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105034/
3. https://courses.lumenlearning.com/boundless-
management/chapter/principles-of-management/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105033/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand the evolution and basic concepts of engineering
management. (K2)
2. Demonstrate the planning concepts for effective decision making
process. (K2)
3. Describe the basic concepts of organization and its function. (K2)

147
 Syllabus CCE
4. Describe the ability to direct, leadership and communicate effectively.
(K2)
5. Apply the concepts of innovation and technology management.(K3)

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 - 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 - 1

CO2 3 2 - 2 1 3 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO3 3 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO4 3 2 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO5 3 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1

SEMESTER - VII
20CSPL701 L T P C
BIG DATA ANALYTICS LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To implement MapReduce programs for processing Big Data
l To analyze Big Data using Hive and Pig
l To realize storage of Big Data using MongoDB and Hbase
l To develop Big Data applications for streaming data using Apache Spark

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Install, con igure and run Hadoop and HDFS.
2. Implement word count / frequency programs using MapReduce.
3. Implement an MR program that processes a weather dataset.
4. Implement an application using Hive/Pig.
5. Visualize data using any plotting framework.
6. Implement an application that stores big data in Hbase / MongoDB using
Hadoop/R.
7. Install, deploy and con igure Apache Spark cluster. Run an application
using Apache Spark.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

148
 Syllabus CCE
LAB REQUIREMENTS :
1. Hadoop / R
2. Hive and Pig
3. Hbase
4. MongoDB
5. Apache Spark

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the students should be able to
1. Demonstrate Big Data using Hadoop framework.(K3)
2. Implement Map Reduce framework for processing big data.(K3)
3. Perform Data Analysis using Hive/Pig.(K3)
4. Use NoSQL database to Store and retrieve the data.(K3)
5. Perform Graphical Data Analysis.(K3)
6. Apply Apache Spark to build big data applications.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 2 - 3 - - - - - - - 3 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - 1 2 2

CO3 1 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - 1 1 2

CO4 1 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - 1 3 2

CO5 1 1 1 1 3 - - - - 3 - 1 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 - 1 3 2

149
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VII
20CCPJ 701 L T P C
SDG NO: 4, 6,7,8, PROJECT PHASE-I
9,11,12,13, 17 0 0 4 2

OBJECTIVES:
l Identify and describe the problem and scope of project
l Collect, analyze and present data into meaningful information using
relevant tools
l Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work
independently and ethically
l Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic
entrepreneurship skills in project management

GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED:
The students may be grouped into 2 to 3 and work under a project supervisor
and prepare a comprehensive project report after completing the work to the
satisfaction of the supervisor (faculty member). The progress of the project is
evaluated based on a minimum of three reviews. The review committee may
be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required at
the end of the semester. The project work is evaluated based on oral
presentation and the project report jointly by External and Internal examiners
constituted by the Head of the Department. The Project Work Phase-I will have
the following sequence:
I. Problem Identi ication
1. A statement of system / process speci ications proposed to be
developed (Block Diagram / System Architecture / Process Flow)
2. Feasibility Study
3. List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints
4. Time Line of activities

II. A report highlighting the design inalization [based on functional

requirements and standards (if any)]

III. A presentation including the following:

1. Literature survey on existing system
2. Implementation Phase (Hardware &Software)
3. Testing and Validation of the developed system

150
 Syllabus CCE
IV. Consolidated report preparation
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Comprehend an industrial or real life problem and identify right/ real
issue with solution. (K2)
2. Analyze the necessary studies and review the literature, design a setup
of equipment, complete the analysis. (K3)
3. Compose a project report based on the indings. (K6)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

SEMESTER - VII
20CCTP701 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 2 1

APTITUDE REFRESHER & APTITUDE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING

SKILLS – PHASE 1

OBJECTIVES:
l Enhance their quantitative ability.
l Enhance their reasoning ability
l Enhance their verbal ability.

UNIT I PRODUCT COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING – I 10

Product Speci ic Training for Amazon, Microsoft, IBM, ThoughtWorks,
Juspay, Paypal, Mu Sigma, Zoho Corporation, VM Ware, Directi, Oracle, Wells
Fargo, Goldman Sachs, Chargebee, Coda Global, Temenos, Freshworks,
Adobe Systems.

151
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT II PRODUCT COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING – II 10
Product Speci ic Training for Ernst and Young, BA Continuum, Standard
Chartered, AON Hewitt, Soliton Technologies, Payoda Technologies, Infoview
Technologies, Athena Health Technology.

UNIT III SERVICE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING - I 10

TCS, Wipro, TechMahindra, InfoView, RobertBosch, , NTT Data, Verizon,
Payoda Technologies.

UNIT IV SERVICE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING - II 10

CTS, Accenture, MindTree, MPhasis, Odessa Technologies, Vuram
Technologies, Hewlett Packard, HCL.

UNIT V SERVICE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING - III 5

Capgemini, Infosys, IBM, UGAM Solutions, Skava Systems, L&T Infotech,
Bahwan Cybertech, Dhyan Infotech.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
2. Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
3. A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
4. Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun sharma

APTITUDE & TECHNICAL REFRESHER & COMPANY SPECIFIC

TRAINING AND MACHINE LEARNING - PHASE II

OBJECTIVES:
l Enhance their quantitative ability.
l Enhance their reasoning ability
l Enhance their verbal ability.
l To understand basic of Machine Learning
l To understand methods of Machine Learning.
l To understand application of Machine Learning

UNIT I PRODUCT COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING – I 10

Product Specific Training for Amazon, Microsoft, IBM, ThoughtWorks, Juspay,
Paypal, Mu Sigma, Zoho Corporation, VM Ware, Directi, Oracle, Wells Fargo,
Goldman Sachs, Chargebee, Coda Global, Temenos, Freshworks, Adobe

152
 Syllabus CCE
Systems., Ernst and Young, BA Continuum, Standard Chartered, AON Hewitt,
Soliton Technologies, Payoda Technologies, Infoview Technologies, Athena
Health Technology.

UNIT II PRODUCT COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING – II 10

Product Specific Training for TCS,Wipro,TechMahindra, InfoView,
RobertBosch, NTT Data, Verizon, Payoda Technologies. CTS, Accenture,
MindTree, MPhasis, Odessa Technologies, Vuram Technologies, Hewlett
Packard, HCL.

UNIT III SERVICE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING - I 10

Capgemini, Infosys, IBM, UGAM Solutions, Skava Systems, L&T Infotech,
Bahwan Cybertech, Dhyan Infotech.

UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING 7

Overview of machine learning, real world machine learning application,
Machine learning techniques- work flow of classification- importing and
preprocessing data, extract features, feature selection.

UNIT V MACHINE LEARNING TECHNIQUES 8

Supervised learning- classification, regression, Unsupervised learning-
clustering, association, Machine Learning (ML) Algorithms: Decision tree,
SVM algorithm, Random Forest, KNN algorithm. Application of machine
learning – Image Recognition, Online fraud detection.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
REFERENCES :
1 Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
2 Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
3 A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
3 Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma
5 Bishop, C., “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2006.
6 Daumé , H. III, “A Course in Machine Learning”, 2015
(freely available online).

ONLINE RESOURCES
1 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs73/course
2 https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/machine-learning-tutorial

153
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1 Enhance their quantitative ability. (K3)
2 Enhance their reasoning ability. (K3)
3 Enhance their verbal ability. (K3)
4 Understand basics of ML. (K2)
5 Demonstrate various methods of machine learning. (K3)
6 Explore various application of ML (K2)

CO - PO - PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 - 2 3 2

CO4 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 3 2

CO5 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - 1 2 3 2

154
 Syllabus CCE

SEMESTER - VIII
20CCPJ801
PROJECT PHASE-II L T P C
SDG NO. 4,6,7,
8, 9,11,12,13,17 0 0 8 4

OBJECTIVES:
l Identify and describe the problem and scope of project
l Collect, analyze and present data into meaningful information using
relevant tools
l Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work
independently and ethically
l Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic
entrepreneurship skills in project management

GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED:
The students may be grouped into 2 to 3 and work under a project supervisor
and prepare a comprehensive project report after completing the work to the
satisfaction of the supervisor (faculty member). The progress of the project is
evaluated based on a minimum of three reviews. The review committee may
be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required at
the end of the semester. The project work is evaluated based on oral
presentation and the project report jointly by external and internal examiners
constituted by the Head of the Department. The Project Work Phase-II will
have the following Sequence:

I. Problem Identi ication

1. List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints
2. Cost bene it analysis
3. Time Line of activities

II. A report highlighting the design inalization [based on functional,

non-functional requirements and standards (if any)]

III. A presentation including the following:

1. Implementation Phase (Hardware & Software)
2. Testing and Validation of the developed system
3. Learning in the Project and Future Enhancement

155
 Syllabus CCE
IV. Consolidated report preparation TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Comprehend an industrial or real life problem and identify right/ real
issue with solution. (K2)
2. Analyze the necessary studies and review the literature, design a setup of
equipment, complete the analysis. (K3)
3. Compose a project report based on the indings. (K6)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

156
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CSPC501
INTERNET PROGRAMMING L T P C
SDG NO. 9
3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Understand different Internet Technologies
l Be exposed to Java speci ic Web services architecture
l Create Dynamic Web Pages using different Scripting
l Build tools that assist in automating data transfer over the Internet.

UNIT I WEBSITE BASICS, HTML 5, CSS 3, WEB 2.0 9

Web Essentials: Clients, Servers And Communication –World Wide Web –
HTML5 – Tables – Lists – Image – HTML5 Control Elements – Semantic
Elements – Drag And Drop – Audio – Video Controls - CSS3 – Inline, Embedded
and External Style Sheets – Rule Cascading – Inheritance – Backgrounds –
Border Images – Colors – Shadows – Text – Transformations – Transitions –
Animations.

UNIT II CLIENT SIDE PROGRAMMING 9

Java Script: An Introduction to Javascript–Javascript DOM Model-Date and
Objects,- Regular Expressions- Exception Handling-Validation-Built-In
Objects-Event Handling- DHTML with Javascript- JSON Introduction – Syntax –
Function Files – HTTP Request – SQL.

UNIT III SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING 9

Servlets: Java Servlet Architecture - Servlet Life Cycle- Form GET and POST
actions- Session Handling- Understanding Cookies- DATABASE
CONNECTIVITY: JDBC perspectives, JDBC program example - JSP:
Understanding Java Server Pages-JSP Standard Tag Library (JSTL)-Creating
HTML forms by embedding JSP code.

UNIT IV PHP 9
An introduction to PHP: PHP- Using PHP- Variables- Program control- Built-in
functions- Form Validation- Regular Expressions - File handling – Cookies -
Connecting to Database.

157
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V XML and INTRODUCTION TO AJAX 9
XML: Basic XML- Document Type De inition- XML Schema DOM and
Presenting XML, XML Parsers and Validation, XSL and XSLT Transformation.
AJAX: Ajax Client Server Architecture-XML HTTP Request Object-Call Back
Methods.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Deitel and Deitel and Nieto, “Internet and World Wide Web- How to
Program”, Prentice Hall India Learning Pvt.Ltd, Fifth Edition, 2011.
2. Elliotte Rusty Harold, “Java Network Programming”, O’Reilly Publishers,
2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Stephen Wynkoop and John Burke, “ Running a Perfect Website”,
QUE, 2nd Edition, 1999.
2. Chris Bates, Web Programming – “Building Intranet Applications”, 3rd
Edition, Wiley Publications, 2009.
3. Jeffrey C and Jackson, ― “Web Technologies A Computer Science
Perspective”, Pearson Education, 2011.
4. Gopalan N.P. and Akilandeswari J., “Web Technology”, Prentice Hall of
India, 2011.
5. Uttam K.Roy, “Web Technologies”, Oxford University Press, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.brainkart.com/subject/Internet-Programming_173/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105084/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/the-web-developer-bootcamp/
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/web-design

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Construct a basic website using HTML and Cascading Style Sheets.(K2)
2. Build dynamic web pages with validation using Javascript objects and by
applying different event handling mechanisms. (K3)
3. Develop server side programs using Servlets and JSP.(K2)
4. Construct simple web pages in PHP.(K3)
5. Represent web data using XML and develop dynamic web page using
AJAX.(K2)
6. Use web services to develop interactive web applications(K3)

158
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - 2 - 2

CO2 1 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 1 - 2 2 2

CO3 1 3 - 2 2 - - - 1 - - - 1 2

CO4 1 3 - - 2 - - - 1 2 - - - 2

CO5 1 1 - - 1 - - - 1 - - - 2

CO6 - 3 2 1 2 - - - 2 1 - - 1 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CSEL501 DATA WAREHOUSING AND L T P C
SDG NO. 9 DATA MINING 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Data Warehouse concepts, Architecture, Business Analysis
and Tools
l To understand Data Preprocessing and Data Visualization techniques
l To study algorithms for inding Hidden and Interesting patterns in Data
l To understand and apply various Classi ication and Clustering techniques

UNIT I DATA WAREHOUSING, BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND

ON-LINE ANALYTICAL PROCESSING 9
Basic Concepts – Data Warehousing Components – Building a Data Warehouse
– Database Architectures for Parallel Processing – Parallel DBMS Vendors –
Multidimensional Data Model – Data Warehouse Schemas for Decision
Support - Concept Hierarchies - Characteristics of OLAP Systems – Typical
OLAP Operations - OLAP and OLTP.

UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO DATA MINING 9

Introduction to Data Mining Systems – Knowledge Discovery Process – Data
Mining Techniques – Issues – Applications- Data Objects and Attribute Types -
Statistical Description of Data - Data Preprocessing – Cleaning - Integration -
Reduction - Transformation and Discretization - Data Visualization - Data
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures.

159
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III FREQUENT PATTERN ANALYSIS 9
Mining Frequent Patterns - Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods-
Pattern Evaluation Method – Pattern Mining in Multilevel - Multi Dimensional
Space – Constraint Based Frequent Pattern Mining - Classi ication Using
Frequent Patterns.

UNIT IV CLASSIFICATION AND CLUSTERING 9

Decision Tree Induction – Bayesian Classi ication – Rule Based Classi ication –
Classi ication by Back propagation – Support Vector Machines – Lazy Learners
– Model Evaluation and Selection - Techniques to improve Classi ication
Accuracy - Clustering Techniques – Cluster Analysis - Partitioning Methods –
Hierarchical Methods – Density Based Methods – Grid Based Methods –
Evaluation of Clustering – Clustering High Dimensional Data - Clustering with
Constraints - Outlier Analysis - Outlier Detection Methods.

UNIT V DATA ANALYSIS TOOL 9

Datasets – Introduction, Iris plants database, Breast cancer database, Auto
Imports Database - Introduction to WEKA - Explorer – Getting started,
Exploring the Explorer - Learning algorithms - Clustering algorithms -
Association–Rule Learners.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber, “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”,
Third Edition, Elsevier, 2012.
2. Alex Berson and Stephen J.Smith, “Data Warehousing, Data Mining &
OLAP”, Tata McGraw – Hill Edition, 35th Reprint 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. K.P. Soman, ShyamDiwakar and V. Ajay, “Insight into Data Mining Theory
and Practice”, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
2. Ian H.Witten and Eibe Frank, “Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning
Tools and Techniques”, Elsevier, Second Edition, 2005.
3. Parteek Bhatia, “Data Mining and Data Warehousing: Principles and
Practical Techniques”, Cambridge University Press, 2019.
4. Pranjali Deshpande, Soudamini Patil, “Data Warehousing and Data
Mining”, First Edition, Technical Publications, 2020.
5. Dr. B. Shadaksharappa,Mr. P.Ramkumar,Dr. T.N. Prabakar, “ Data
Warehousing and Data Mining”, First Edition, Book Rivers, 2022.

160
 Syllabus CCE
WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105174/00
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs12/preview
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3609/data-warehousing

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/data_mining/index.htm
2. https://www.guru99.com/online-analytical-processing.html
3. https://www.cs.waikato.ac.nz/ml/weka/courses.html
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/weka/what_is_weka.htm

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Use a Data Warehouse system and perform Business Analysis with OLAP
Tools. (K3)
2. Recognize and identify suitable Pre-processing and Visualization
techniques for Data Analysis. (K1)
3. Apply frequent Pattern and Association Rule Mining techniques for Data
Analysis. (K3)
4. Apply appropriate Classi ication techniques for Data Analysis. (K3)
5. Apply appropriate Clustering techniques for Data Analysis.(K3)
6. Use WEKA tools for feature selection, classi ication and clustering for real
time data.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 - 2 2 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - 2 3 3 3 2 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 2 2 3 2 3

CO6 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 2 2 3 2 3

161
 Syllabus CCE
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CCEL501 L T P C
EMBEDDED REAL TIME SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 4,9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concepts of embedded system design and analysis.
l To learn the architecture and programming of ARM processor
l To get exposed to the basic concepts of embedded programming
l To learn the real time operating systems
l To understand processes and performance of operating systems

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 9

Complex systems and micro processors– Embedded system design process
–Design example: Model train controller- Design methodologies- Design flows
- Requirement Analysis – Specifications-System analysis and architecture
design – Quality Assurance techniques - Designing with computing platforms –
consumer electronics architecture – platform-level performance analysis.

UNIT II ARM PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS 9

ARM Architecture Versions – ARM Architecture – Instruction Set – Stacks and
Subroutines – Features of the LPC 214X Family – Peripherals – The Timer Unit
– Pulse Width Modulation Unit – UART – Block Diagram of ARM9 and ARM
Cortex M3MCU.

UNIT III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING 9

Components for embedded programs- Models of programs- Assembly, linking
and loading – compilation techniques- Program level performance analysis –
Software performance optimization–Program level energy and power
analysis and optimization–Analysis and optimization of program size-
Program validation and testing.

UNIT IV REAL TIME SYSTEMS 9

Structure of a Real Time System – Real time communication-Network topology
protocol - Estimating program run times – Task assignment and scheduling
–Fault Tolerance Techniques – Reality, Evaluation – Clock synchronization.

UNIT V PROCESSES AND OPERATING SYSTEMS 9

Introduction – Multiple tasks and multiple processes – Multirate systems-
Preemptive real- time operating systems- Priority based scheduling-

162
 Syllabus CCE
Interprocess communication mechanisms - Evaluating operating system
performance- power optimization strategies for processes – Example Real
time operating systems-POSIX-Windows CE. - Distributed embedded systems
- MPSoCs and shared memory multiprocessors. – Design Example - Audio
player, Engine control unit – Video accelerator.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Marilyn Wolf, “Computers as Components - Principles of Embedded
Computing System Design”, 3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher (An
imprint from Elsevier), 2012. (UNIT I, II, III, V)
2. Jane W.S.Liu, “Real Time Systems”, Pearson Education, Third Indian
Reprint, 2003.(UNIT IV)

REFERENCES:
1. Lyla B.Das, “Embedded Systems: An Integrated Approach”, Pearson
Education, 2013
2. Jonathan W.Valvano, “Embedded Microcomputer Systems Real Time
Interfacing”, 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.
3. Arnold.S.berger, “Embedded System Design: An Introduction to
processes Tools, & Techniques”, CRC Press, 2017
4. David. E. Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, 1st Edition, Fifth
Impression, Addison Wesley Professional, 2007.
5. Raymond J.A. Buhr, Donald L.Bailey, “An Introduction to Real-Time
Systems- From Design to Networking with C/C++”, Prentice Hall, 1999.
6. C.M.Krishna, Kang G.Shin, “Real-Time Systems”, International Editions,
McGraw Hill, 1997
7. K.V.K.K.Prasad, “Embedded Real-Time Systems: Concepts, Design &
Programming”, Dream Tech Press, 2005.
8. Sriram V Iyer, Pankaj Gupta, “Embedded Real Time Systems
Programming”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://developer.arm.com/ip-products/processors/classic-processors
2. https://spin.atomicobject.com/2015/08/19/learn-embedded-systems-
programming/
3. http://www.ocfreaks.com/tag/lpc2148/
4. https://www.freertos.org/about-RTOS.html

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs15/preview
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs16/preview
163
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Describe the architecture of ARM processor(K2)
2 Understand the programming of the ARM processor(K2).
3 Outline the concepts of embedded systems(K1)
4 Analyze and validate the program (K3)
5 Explain the basic concepts of real time operating system design(K2)
6 Model real-time applications using embedded-system concepts(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 1 3

CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 1 3

CO3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 1 3

CO4 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 3

CO5 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 1 3

CO6 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CCEL504 L T P C
SYSTEM ON CHIP ARCHITECTURE
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l This course introduces computer system design with emphasis on
fundamental ideas, analytical techniques that are applicable to a range of
applications & architectures, hardware and software programmability
verses performance, entire memory organization, starch pads, cache
memories and objective in cache data how to deal the write polices

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO THE SYSTEM APPROACH 9

System Architecture, Components of the system, Hardware & Software,
Processor Architectures, Memory and Addressing. System level
interconnection, An approach for SOC Design, System Architecture and
Complexity.

164
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT II PROCESSORS 9
Introduction , Processor Selection for SOC, Basic concepts in Processor
Architecture, Basic concepts in Processor Micro Architecture, Basic elements
in Instruction handling. Buffers: minimizing Pipeline Delays, Branches, More
Robust Processors, Vector Processors and Vector Instructions extensions,
VLIW Processors, Superscalar Processors.

UNIT III MEMORY DESIGN FOR SOC 9

A: Overview of SOC external memory, Internal Memory, Size, Scratchpads and
Cache memory, Cache Organization, Cache data, Write Policies, Strategies for
line replacement at miss time,
B: Types of Cache, Split – I, and D – Caches, Multilevel Caches, Virtual to real
translation, SOC Memory System, Models of Simple Processor – memory
interaction.

UNIT IV: Interconnects Customization and Configuration 9

Inter Connect Architectures, Bus: Basic Architectures, SOC Standard Buses,
Analytic Bus Models, Using the Bus model, Effects of Bus transactions and
contention time. SOC Customization: An overview, Customizing Instruction
Processor, Reconfiguration Technologies, Mapping design onto
Reconfigurable devices, Instance- Specific design, Customizable Soft
Processor, Reconfiguration - overhead analysis and trade-off analysis on
reconfigurable Parallelism.

UNIT V: Application Studies / Case Studies 9

SOC Design approach, AES algorithms, Design and Evaluation, Image
compression – JPEG compression.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael J. Flynn and Wayne Luk, “Computer System Design System on
Chip”, Wiely India Pvt. Ltd., 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Steve Furber, “ARM System on Chip Architecture”, Addison Wesley
Professional, 2nd Edition, 2000.
2. Ricardo Reis, “Design of System on a Chip: Devices and Components”,
Springer, 1st Edition, 2004.

E-RESOURCES:
1. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/1652898/
2. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/5196691
165
 Syllabus CCE
3. https://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=557024
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102045/10
5. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2341/embedded-systems/10

OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the basics of System on Chip and Platform based design.(K2)
2 Understand about SoC Design Methodology,hardware and software
programmability versus performance.(K2)
3. Know about entire memory organization, starch pads, cache memories
and objective in cache data how to deal with the write policies (K1)
4 Know how the system forms with the lot of component and has majority
about system level interconnections.(K2)
5 Describe examples of applications and systems developed using a co-
design approach.(K2)
6 Investigate new techniques for future systems. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 2 2 2 1 - 1 - 2 - 1 2 3

CO2 1 3 1 - - - 2 3 - 1 2 - 2 3

CO3 - 2 3 3 2 2 - - 3 - - 2 2 -

CO4 1 3 - - 1 3 - 1 2 3 - 1 3

CO5 2 - 2 - - 2 - 2 - 2 - 3 3 -

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20MGEl703 FOUNDATION SKILLS IN INTEGRATED L T P C
SDG NO. 9,12 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the global trends and development methodologies of
various types of products and services.
l To conceptualize, prototype and develop product management plan for a
new product based on the type of the new product and development
methodology integrating the hardware, software, controls, electronics and
mechanical systems.
166
 Syllabus CCE
l To understand requirement engineering and know how to collect, analyze
and arrive at requirements for new product development and convert
them in to design speci ication.
l To understand system modeling for system, sub-system and their
interfaces and arrive at the optimum system speci ication and
characteristics.
l To develop documentation, test speci ications and coordinate with
various teams to validate and sustain up to the EoL (End of Life) support
activities for engineering customer.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 9

Global Trends Analysis and Product decision - Social Trends - Technical
Trends- Economical Trends - Environmental Trends - Political/Policy Trends -
Introduction to Product Development Methodologies and Management -
Overview of Products and Services - Types of Product Development - Overview
of Product Development methodologies - Product Life Cycle – Product
Development Planning and Management.

UNIT II REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEM DESIGN 9

Requirement Engineering - Types of Requirements - Requirement
Engineering - traceability Matrix and Analysis - Requirement Management -
System Design & Modeling - Introduction to System Modeling - System
Optimization - System Speci ication - Sub-System Design - Interface Design.

UNIT III DESIGN AND TESTING 9

Conceptualization - Industrial Design and User Interface Design - Introduction
to Concept generation Techniques – Challenges in Integration of Engineering
Disciplines - Concept Screening & Evaluation - Detailed Design - Component
Design and Veri ication – Mechanical, Electronics and Software Subsystems -
High Level Design/Low Level Design of S/W Program - Types of Prototypes,
S/W Testing- Hardware Schematic, Component design, Layout and Hardware
Testing – Prototyping - Introduction to Rapid Prototyping and Rapid
Manufacturing - System Integration, Testing, Certi ication and Documentation

UNIT IV SUSTENANCE ENGINEERING AND END-OF-LIFE (EOL) SUPPORT 9

Introduction to Product veri ication processes and stages - Introduction to
Product Validation processes and stages - Product Testing Standards and
Certi ication - Product Documentation - Sustenance -Maintenance and Repair
– Enhancements - Product EoL - Obsolescence Management – Con iguration
Management - EoL Disposal.

167
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V BUSINESS DYNAMICS – ENGINEERING SERVICES INDUSTRY 9
The Industry - Engineering Services Industry - Product Development in
Industry versus Academia –The IPD Essentials - Introduction to Vertical
Speci ic Product Development processes -Manufacturing/Purchase and
Assembly of Systems - Integration of Mechanical, Embedded and Software
Systems – Product Development Trade-offs - Intellectual Property Rights and
Con identiality – Security and Con iguration Management.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOK:
1. Book specially prepared by NASSCOM as per the MoU.
2. Karl T Ulrich and Stephen D Eppinger, "Product Design and Development",
Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2011.
3. John W Newstorm and Keith Davis, "Organizational Behavior", Tata
McGraw Hill, 11th Edition, 2005.

REFERENCES :
1. Hiriyappa B, “Corporate Strategy – Managing the Business”, Author House,
2013.
2. Peter F Drucker, “People and Performance”, Butterworth – Heinemann
[Elsevier], Oxford, 2004.
3. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkita Krishnan N K, “Enterprise Resource
Planning – Concepts”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2003.
4. Mark S Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, "Human Factors in Engineering
and Design", McGraw Hill Education, 7th Edition, 2013.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/strategic-product-management-and-
leadership/
2. https://www.udemy.com/course/building-insanely-great-products/
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/customer-insights-orientation

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://pursuite-production.s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/
media/cms_page_media/162/FSIPD+OBF+-+2012+F0_1.pdf
2. https:// futureskillsnasscom. edcast. com/ pathways/ product-
management-primer-pathway/cards/5603673#

168
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Explain the basic essentials of product development. (K2)
2. Discuss the learnings to incorporate effective design for product
development. (K2)
3. Describe the various tools of innovation & product development process in
the Business context. (K2)
4. Identify the various process and choose the appropriate tools for
designing, development and testing. (K2)
5. Discuss disruptive models / process to manage a product development
from start to inish. (K2)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 - - 2 - -

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 3 - 2 -

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 - 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - 2 - -

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 - 3 -

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CSEL607 L T P C
AGILE METHODOLOGIES
SDG NO., 9,16 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To provide students with a theoretical as well as practical understanding of
agile software development practices and how small teams can apply them
to create high-quality software
l To provide a good understanding of software design and a set of software
technologies and APIs
l To do a detailed examination and demonstration of Agile development and
testing techniques
l To understand Agile development and testing

UNIT I AGILE METHODOLOGY 9

Theories for Agile Management – Agile Software Development – Traditional
Model Vs Agile Model – Classi ication of Agile Methods – Agile Manifesto and
169
 Syllabus CCE
Principles – Agile Project Management – Agile Team Interactions – Ethics in
Agile Teams – Agility in Design - Testing – Agile Documentations – Agile
Drivers - Capabilities and Values.

UNIT II AGILE PROCESSES 9

Lean Production – SCRUM, Crystal - Feature Driven Development - Adaptive
Software Development – Extreme Programming - Method Overview –
Lifecycle – Work Products - Roles and Practices.

UNIT III AGILITY AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 9

Agile Information Systems – Agile Decision Making – Earl’s Schools of KM –
Institutional Knowledge Evolution Cycle – Development - Acquisition -
Re inement - Distribution - Deployment - Leveraging – KM in Software
Engineering – Managing Software Knowledge – Challenges of Migrating to
Agile Methodologies – Agile Knowledge Sharing – Role of Story Cards – Story-
Card Maturity Model (SMM).

UNIT IV AGILITY AND REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING 9

Impact of Agile Processes in RE–Current Agile Practices – Variance – Overview
of RE Using Agile – Managing Unstable Requirements – Requirements
Elicitation – Agile Requirements Abstraction Model – Requirements
Management in Agile Environment - Agile Requirements Prioritization – Agile
Requirements Modeling and Generation – Concurrency in Agile Requirements
Generation.

UNIT V AGILITY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 9

Agile Product Development – Agile Metrics – Feature Driven Development
(FDD) – Financial and Production Metrics in FDD – Agile Approach to Quality
Assurance – Test Driven Development – Agile Approach in Global Software
Development.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David J. Anderson and Eli Schragenheim, “Agile Management for Software
Engineering: Applying the Theory of Constraints for Business Results”,
Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Hazza and Dubinsky, “Agile Software Engineering, Series: Undergraduate
Topics in Computer Science”, Springer, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Craig Larman, “Agile and Iterative Development: A Manager's Guide”,
Addison-Wesley, 2004.

170
 Syllabus CCE
2. Kevin C. Desouza, “Agile Information Systems: Conceptualization,
Construction, and Management”, Butterworth- Heinemann, 2007.
3. Jorgen Hesselberg, “Unlocking Agility: An Insider's Guide to Agile
Enterprise Transformation”, Addison – Wesley Signature Series, First
Edition, 2018.
4. Mike Cohn, “Agile Estimating & Planning “, Pearson Education India, First
Edition, 2006.
5. Roman Pichler, “Agile Product Management with Scrum”, Pearson
Education India, 2011

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://www.umsl.edu/~sauterv/analysis/6840_f09_papers/Nat/
Agile.html
2. https://www.classcentral.com/help/section/edx
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104073/
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-processes-and-agile-
practices

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.udacity.com/course/software-development-process--
ud805
2. https://www.edx.org/course/agile-software-development

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Realize the importance of interacting with business stakeholders in
determining the requirements for a software system.(K3)
2. Perform iterative software development processes.(K2)
3. Point out the impact of social aspects on software development
success.(K2)
4. Develop techniques and tools for improving team collaboration and
software quality.(K3)
5. Perform Software process improvement as an ongoing task for
development teams.(K3)
6. Show how agile approaches can be scaled up to the enterprise level.(K2)

171
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO2 2 2 1 2 2 - 3 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 - - - 1 2 3

CO4 1 1 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - 1 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 1 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO6 3 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 2 - 1 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CCEL507 L T P C
COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the fundamentals required for computational Linguistics
l To understand the speech recognition and various Linguistic models
l To understand the concept of Syntactic Analysis
l To understand the role of semantics and pragmatics
l To understand the discourse analysis and applications of Computational
Linguistics

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Computers in Linguistics-Issues-Motivation-Theory of Language-Features of
Indian Language-Issues in Font-CodingTechniques -Language modeling:-
Grammar - based LM- Statistical LM-Regular expressions, Finite State
Automata - English Morphology, Transducers for lexicon and rules,
Tokenization - Detecting and Correcting spelling Errors, Minimum edit

UNIT II SPEECH AND PROBABILISTIC MODELS 9

Speech-Phonetics-Speech Synthesis-Automatic Speech Recognition-Speech
Recognition:-Advanced topics-Computational Phonology- Weighted
Automata- N-grams,Evaluating N-grams- Corpus Analysis-Smoothing-
Entropy-Part-of-Speech-Taggers-Issues in PoS tagging-Rule based- Hidden
Markov models.

172
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III SYNTACTIC ANALYSIS 9
Context-Free Grammars,Grammar rules for English,Treebanks,Normal Forms
for Grammar-Dependency Grammar-Syntactic Parsing, Ambiguity,Dynamic
Programming Parsing-Shallow Parsing-Probabilistic CFG, Probabilistic CYK,
Probabilistic Lexicalized CFGs-Feature structures, Unification of feature
Structures.

UNIT IV SEMANTICS AND PRAMATICS 9

Requirements for representation,First -order Logic,Description Logics-
Sy n t a x- D r ive n S e m a n t i c a n a lys i s , S e m a n t i c a t t a c h m e n t s -Wo rd
Senses,Relations between Senses,Thematic Roles,Selection algorithm
restrictions-Word Sense Disambiguation,WSD using Supervised,Dictionary
and Thesaurus and Distributional methods.

UNIT V DISCOURSE ANALYSIS, LEXICAL RESOURCES AND

APPLICATION 9
Discourse Segmentation,Coherence-Reference Phenomena,Anaphora
Resolution using Hobbs and Centring Algorithm-Coreference Resolution-
Resources:PorterStemmer,Lemmatizer,Penn Treebanks, Brill's Tagged,
WordNet, PropBank, FrameNet,Brown Corpus- Information Extraction-
Question Answering and Summarization-Dialogue and Conversational Agents
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Daniel Jurafsky,James H.Martin- “Speech and Language processing:An
Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics
and Speech”,Pearson Publication,2014.
2. Ronald Hausser “Foundations of Computational Linguistics”, Springer-
Verleg,1999.
3. Steven Bird,Ewan Klein and Edward Loper “Natural Language Processing
with Python”,First Edition, OReilly Media,2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Breckenridge Baldwin”Language Processing with Java and Lingpipe
Cookbook”, Atlantic Publisher, 2015.
2. Richard M Reese “Natural Language Processing with Java, OReiliey
Media,2015.
3. Nitin Indurkhya and Fred J.Damerau,”Handbook of Natural Language
Processing”,Second Edition,Chapman and Hall/CRC Press,2010.

173
 Syllabus CCE
4. Tanveer Siddiqui,U.S.Tiwary “ Natural Language Processing and
Information Retrieval”, Oxford University.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/-cs626-449
2. https://web.standford.edu/jurafsky/slp3/
3. http://www.linguisticsociety.org/files/languagebegin.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. www.nlp.standford.edu

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Tag a given text with basic Language features. (K2)
2 Design an innovative application. (K3)
3 Illustrate Speech and Probabilistic Models (K2)
4 Implement a rule based system to tackle syntax of a Language. (K3)
5 Design a tag set to be used for statistical processing for real-time
applications. (K3)
6 Compare and contrast the use of different statistical approaches for
different types of applications. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3

174
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CCEL508 L T P C
DISTRIBUTED DATABASE
SDG NO.4,9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the principal and foundation of distributed database.
l To learn the architecture, design issue and integrity control of distributed
database.
l To learn the details of query processing and query optimization technique.
l To learn the concept of transaction management in distributed database.

UNIT I INTRODUCTORY CONCEPTS AND DESIGN OF (DDBMS) 9

Data Fragmentation; Replication; and allocation techniques for DDBMS;
Methods for designing and implementing DDBMS, designing a distributed
relational database; Architectures for DDBMS: cluster federated, parallel
databases and client server architecture.

UNIT II QUERY PROCESSING 9

Overview of Query Processing: Query processing problem; Objectives of
Query Processing; Complexity of Relational Algebra operations;
characterization of Query processors; Layers of Query Processing; Translation
of global queries.

UNIT III TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT 9

Introduction To Transaction Management: Definition of Transaction,
Properties of Transaction, types of transaction ; Distributed Concurrency
Control: Serializability theory; Taxonomy of concurrency control
mechanisms; locking bases concurrency control algorithms.

UNIT IV DISTRIBUTED OBJECT DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 9

Fundamental Object concepts and Object models; Object distribution design;
Architectural issues; Object management; Distributed object storage; Object
query processing .

UNIT V CURRENT TRENDS & DEVELOPMENTS RELATED TO

DISTRIBUTED DATABASE APPLICATIONS TECHNOLOGIES 9
Distributed Object/component-based DBMS; Database Interoperability
including CORBA; DCOM and Java RMI;Distributed document-based systems;
XML and Workflow management.
175
 Syllabus CCE
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Distributed Databases - Principles and Systems; Stefano Ceri; Guiseppe
Pelagatti; Tata McGraw Hill; 1985.
2. Fundamental of Database Systems; Elmasri & Navathe; Pearson Education;
Asia

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Database System Concepts; Korth & Sudarshan; TMH
2. Principles of Distributed Database Systems; M. Tamer Ozsu; and Patrick
Valduriez Prentice Hall

OUTCOMES
On completion of the course students will be able to
1. Understand and describe internal algorithms in detail. (K2)
2 Identify and be able to use recent and advanced database techniques (K2)
3 Decide on configuration issues related to database operation and
performance. (K2)
4 Summarize the concepts of Transaction Management (K3)
5 Analyze and optimize transactional code, identifying causes of possible
anomalies and correct them. (K3)
6 Decide on optimization issues given a known database workload, by
manipulating indexes, choosing more adequate data types, and modifying
queries.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 2 2 3 1 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 2

CO2 1 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2

CO3 2 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1 2 1

CO4 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO5 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2

CO6 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2

176
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20ECEL709 L T P C
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
SDG NO.7 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To become familiar with digital image fundamentals.
l To get exposed to image enhancement techniques in Spatial and
Frequency domain.
l To learn concepts of degradation function and restoration techniques.
l To study image segmentation and representation techniques.
l To become familiar with image compression and recognition methods.

UNIT I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS 9

Steps in Digital Image Processing – Components – Elements of Visual
Perception – Image Sensing and Acquisition – Image Sampling and
Quantization – Relationships between pixels - Color image fundamentals -
RGB, HSI models, Two-dimensional mathematical preliminaries, 2D
transforms - DFT, DCT.
UNIT II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT 9
Spatial Domain: Gray level transformations – Histogram processing – Basics of
Spatial Filtering– Smoothing and Sharpening Spatial Filtering, Frequency
Domain: Introduction to Fourier Transform– Smoothing and Sharpening
frequency domain filters – Ideal, Butterworth and Gaussian filters,
Homomorphic filtering, Color image enhancement.

UNIT III IMAGE RESTORATION 9

Image Restoration - degradation model, Properties, Noise models – Mean
Filters – Order Statistics – Adaptive filters – Band reject Filters – Band pass
Filters – Notch Filters – Optimum Notch Filtering – Inverse Filtering – Wiener
filtering.

UNIT IV IMAGE SEGMENTATION 9

Edge detection, Edge linking via Hough transform – Thresholding - Region
based segmentation – Region growing – Region splitting and merging –
Morphological processing- erosion and dilation, Segmentation by
morphological watersheds – basic concepts – Dam construction – Watershed
segmentation algorithm.

UNIT V IMAGE COMPRESSION AND RECOGNITION 9

Need for data compression, Huffman, Run Length Encoding, Shift codes,
177
 Syllabus CCE
Arithmetic coding, JPEG standard, MPEG. Boundary representation, Boundary
description, Fourier Descriptor, Regional Descriptors – Topological feature,
Texture - Patterns and Pattern classes - Recognition based on matching
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”,
Pearson, 3rd Edition , 2010, Fifth Edition. (Unit I – V)
2. Anil K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Pearson, 2002.
(Unit I –V)

REFERENCES:
1. Kenneth R. Castleman, “Digital Image Processing”, Pearson, 2006.
2. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven Eddins, “Digital Image
Processing using MATLAB”, Pearson Education, Inc., 2011.
3. D,E. Dudgeon and R. M. Mersereau, “Multidimensional Digital Signal
Processing”, Prentice Hall Professional Technical Reference, 1990.
4. William K. Pratt, “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley, New York,4th
Edition,2007.
5. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac & Roger Boyle, "Image processing, Analysis
and Machine Vision", Thomson Asia Prt. Ltd, 4th Edition, 2015.
6. Sid Ahmed M.A., "Image Processing - Theory, Algorithm and
Architecture", McGraw Hill, 2009

WEB REFERENCES:
1. Introduction to sensors: http://www.shortcourses.com/sensors/
2. Digital Image Fundamentals::
http://www.ph.tn.tudelft.nl/Courses/FIP/Frames/fip.html
3. DIAL-Digital Image Analysis Laboratory
http://www.ece.arizona.edu/~dial/
4. JPEG image compression standard: www.jpeg.org

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/dip/image_processing_
introduction.htm
2. https://sisu.ut.ee/imageprocessing/book/1

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Summarize the digital image acquisition concepts and color model
fundamentals (K2).
2 Elaborate the image enhancement techniques in spatial and 2D
178
 Syllabus CCE
transform domain (K3).
3 Describe image degradation models and filtering techniques (K3).
4 Discuss types of image segmentation techniques and morphological
operators (K2).
5 Identify image compression techniques (K2).
6 Utilize to represent image in form of boundary and regional
descriptors (K2).

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO4 2 1 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 - 2 1

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO6 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 3 2 2 1

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I
20CCEL510 L T P C
SENSOR NETWORKS AND IOT
SDG NO.4,9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To explore the interconnection and integration of the physical world and
the cyberspace
l To understand building blocks of Internet of Things and characteristics
l To design and develop IoT Device

UNIT I WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS FUNDAMENTALS 9

Wireless medium access issues MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks,
Low Duty Cycle Protocols And Wake Up Concepts - S-MAC , The Mediation
Device Protocol, Wakeup Radio Concepts,Contention based protocols (CSMA,
PAMAS) Schedule based protocols (LEACH, SMACS, TRAMA) .

UNIT II ADDRESSING AND ROUTING MECHANISM 9

Address and Name Management in WSNs, Assignment of MAC Addresses

179
 Syllabus CCE
Routing Protocols- Energy-Efficient Routing,Geographic Routing, Hierarchical
networks by clustering. Sensor deployment & Node discovery Data
aggregation & dissemination .

UNIT III FUNDAMENTALS ON IOT 9

Definition of IoT and Characteristics of IoT- Physical and logical design of IoT-
Functional blocks of IoT Communication models &APIs: Internet connectivity,
Internet-based communication,IPv4,IPv6,6LoWPAN protocol, IP Addressing
in the IoT, Application layer protocols: HTTP,HTTPS,FTP,TELNET and ports.

UNIT IV M2M COMMUNICATION AND IoT 9

M2M communication and Modified OSI Model for the IoT/M2M Systems -Data
enrichment, data consolidation and device management at IoT/M2M -
Gateway Web communication protocols used by connected IoT/M2M devices -
Message communication protocols (CoAP-SMS, CoAP-MQ, MQTT,XMPP)for
IoT/M2M devices .

UNIT V IoT PROTOTYPING AND SECURITY 9

Introduction to Prototyping Embedded device software -Programming
Embedded Device Arduino Platform using IDE -Reading data from sensors and
devices, Devices-Gateways Internet and Web/Cloud services software
development -Introduction to IoT privacy and security Vulnerabilities-
security requirements and threat analysis- Domainspecific applications of IoT
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga, "Internet of Things: A Hands-On
Approach", Orient BlackSwan
2. Waltenegus Dargie,Christian Poellabauer, "Fundamentals of Wireless
Sensor Networks: Theory and Practice", Wiley

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Rob Barton, Jerome
Henry, Rowan Trollope, "IoT Fundamentals : Networking Technologies,
Protocols and Use Cases for the Internet of Things", Pearson
2. C. Siva Ram Murthy, B. S. Manoj, "Ad Hoc Wireless Networks:
Architectures and Protocols", Prentice Hall

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Understand the basic Protocols in Wireless Sensor Networks.(K2)

180
 Syllabus CCE
2 Discuss the Addressing and Routing Mechanism of Wireless Sensor
Networks.(K2)
3 Understand the basic concepts of the Internet of Things.(K2)
4 Describe the M2M Communication Protocols & IoT.(K2)
5 Demonstrate the IoT applications in different domains on Embedded
Platform.(K3)
6 Interpret the Security Features of IoT.(K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 - 1 1 1 2

CO2 2 1 2 - 1 2 1 - - 1 - 1 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO4 3 2 1 - 2 1 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 3 1 3 1 3 1 2 1 1 2

CO6 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1

181
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20CCEL601 L T P C
SDG NO.4, 9, WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
11, 15 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Learn adhoc network and sensor network fundamentals
l To understand the wireless sensor architecture
l Have an in-depth knowledge on sensor network and design issues
l To understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks
l Have an exposure to mote programming platforms and tools

UNIT I OVERVIEW OF WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS 9

Elements of adhoc Wireless Networks - Challenges for Wireless Sensor
Networks, Enabling Technologies for Wireless Sensor Networks.

UNIT II ARCHITECTURES 9
Single node Architecture - Hardware Components, Energy Consumption of
Sensor Nodes, Operating Systems and Execution Environments, Network
Architecture - Sensor Network Scenarios, Optimization Goals and Figures of
Merit, Gateway Concepts.

UNIT III NETWORKING SENSORS 9

Physical Layer and Transceiver Design Considerations, MAC Protocols for
Wireless Sensor Networks, Low Duty Cycle Protocols and Wakeup Concepts -
S-MAC, The Mediation Device Protocol, Wakeup Radio Concepts, Address and
Name Management, Assignment of MAC Addresses, Routing Protocols-
Energy-Efficient Routing, Geographic Routing.

UNIT IV INFRASTRUCTURE ESTABLISHMENT 9

Topology Control, Clustering, Time Synchronization, Localization and
Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control.

UNIT V SENSOR NETWORK PLATFORMS AND TOOLS 9

Topology Control, Clustering, Time Synchronization, Localization and
Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
182
 Syllabus CCE
1. Holger Karl, Andreas Willig, "Protocols And Architectures for Wireless
Sensor Networks", John Wiley, 2005.
2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks - An
Information Processing Approach", Elsevier, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks
Technology, Protocols and Applications”, John Wiley, 2007.
2. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Know the basics of Ad Hoc networks and Wireless Sensor Networks (K2).
2. Explain the architecture and networking scenarios of Sensor Networks
(K3).
3. To comprehend the functionalities of physical and data link layer with the
knowledge of routing protocol (K3).
4. Illustrate the infrastructure establishment and network management
(K4).
5. Demonstrate the OS used in Wireless Sensor Networks and build basic
modules (K4).
6. Explain the sensor network platforms and the tools used to establish
wireless connectivity (K2).

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 0 3 - 1 - - - - 3 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 2 1 - - - - 3 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 1 3 1 - - - - 3 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 2 1 3 1 - - - - 3 3 2 2

CO5 3 3 2 1 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 2 2

CO6 3 3 2 1 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 2 2

183
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20ECEL701 L T P C
COGNITIVE RADIO
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the evolving software defined radio and cognitive
radio techniques and their essential functionalities.
l To study the basic architecture and standard for cognitive radio.
l To understand the physical, MAC and Network layer design of
cognitive radio.
l To expose the student to evolve applications and advanced features
of cognitive radio

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE-DEFINED RADIO

AND COGNITIVE RADIO 9
Evolution of Software Defined Radio and Cognitive radio: goals, benefits,
definitions, architectures, relations with other radios, issues, enabling
technologies, radio frequency spectrum and regulations.

UNIT II COGNITIVE RADIO ARCHITECTURE 9

Cognition cycle – orient, plan, decide and act phases, organization; SDR as a
platform for Cognitive Radio – Hardware and Software Architectures;
Overview of IEEE 802.22 standard for broadband wireless access in TV bands.

UNIT III SPECTRUM SENSING AND DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ACCESS 9

Introduction – Primary user detection techniques – energy detection, feature
detection, matched filtering, cooperative detection and other approaches;
Fundamental Tradeoffs in spectrum sensing; Spectrum Sharing Models of
Dynamic Spectrum Access - Unlicensed and Licensed Spectrum Sharing;
Fundamental Limits of Cognitive Radio.

UNIT IV MAC AND NETWORK LAYER DESIGN

FOR COGNITIVE RADIO 9
MAC for cognitive radios – Polling, ALOHA, slotted ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA / CA;
Network layer design – routing in cognitive radios, flow control and error
control techniques.

UNIT V ADVANCED TOPICS IN COGNITIVE RADIO 9

184
 Syllabus CCE
Overview of security issues in cognitive radios, auction based spectrum
markets in cognitive radio networks, public safety and cognitive radio,
cognitive radio for Internet of Things.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alexander M. Wyglinski, Maziar Nekovee, Thomas Hou, “Cognitive Radio
Communications and Networks”, Academic Press, Elsevier, 2010.
(Unit I to IV)
2. Huseyin Arslan(Ed.), “Cognitive Radio, Software Defined Radio and
Adaptive Wireless Systems”, Springer, 2007. (Unit V)

REFERENCES:
1. Bruce Fette, “Cognitive Radio Technology”, Newnes, 2006.
2. Kwang-Cheng Chen, Ramjee Prasad, “Cognitive Radio Networks”, John
Wiley and Sons, 2009.
3. Ezio Biglieri, Professor Andrea J.Goldsmith, Dr.Larry J.Greenstein, Narayan
B.Mandayam, H. Vincent Poor, “Principles of Cognitive Radio”, Cambridge
University Press,2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-basics-of-software-
defined-radios-and-practical-applications-10088
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108107107/
3. https://www.ofcom.org.uk/research-and-
data/technology/general/emerging-tech/cognitive-radio

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-981-10-4280-5_68
2. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/cognitive-
radio-network

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Elaborate on the architecture implications of software defined radio
along with its radio frequency spectrum and regulations (K2)
2. Devise a Smart agent model in CR (K3)
3. Enumerate the Physical and Link layer parameters to improve the
performance of communication link in CR (K3)
4. Discuss about the MAC schemes related to cognitive radio networks in
detail (K2)

185
 Syllabus CCE
5. Make use of the concept of wireless networks to build next generation
networks (K3)
6. Provide a review of security issues in cognitive network and CR- IoT
framework with neat diagram (K2)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 3 3 -

CO2 3 2 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 3 2 -

CO3 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 2 - 3

CO5 3 1 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 2 - 3

CO6 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20CCEL602 NETWORKING ENGINEERING AND L T P C
SDG NO.4,9 MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the need for interoperable network management
l To learn to the concepts and architecture behind standards based network
management.
l To understand the concepts and terminology associated with SNMP
l To study the current trends in network management technologies.

UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF NETWORKING 9

Communication Networks – Network Elements – Switched Networks and
Shared media Networks – Probabilistic Model and Deterministic Model –
Datagrams and Virtual Circuits – Multiplexing – Switching - Error and Flow
Control – Congestion Control – Layered Architecture – Network Externalities –
Service Integration – Modern Applications.

UNIT II QUALITY OF SERVICE 9

Traffic Characteristics and Descriptors – Quality of Service and Metrics – Best
186
 Syllabus CCE
Effort model and Guaranteed Service Model – Limitations of IP networks –
Scheduling and Dropping policies for BE and GS models – Traffic Shaping
algorithms – End to End solutions – Laissez Faire Approach – Possible
improvements in TCP – Significance of UDP in inelastic traffic

UNIT III HIGH PERFORMANCE NETWORKS 9

Integrated Services Architecture – Components and Services – Differentiated
Services Networks – Per Hop Behaviour – Admission Control – MPLS
Networks – Scheduling Policy mechanisms–FIFO –Priority –Round Robin-
Principles and Mechanisms – Label Stacking – RSVP – Protocols for Real time
Interactive Application - RTP/RTCP.

UNIT IV HIGH SPEED NETWORKS 9

Optical links – WDM systems – Optical Cross Connects – Optical paths and
Networks – Principles of ATM Networks – B-ISDN/ATM Reference Model –
ATM Header Structure – ATM Adaptation Layer – Management and Control –
Service Categories and Traffic descriptors in ATM networks-Wireless LAN
–Architecture of IEEE 802.11.

UNIT V NETWORK MANAGEMENT 9

ICMP the Forerunner – Monitoring and Control – Network Management
Systems – Abstract Syntax Notation – CMIP – SNMP Communication Model –
SNMP MIB Group – Functional Model – Major changes in SNMPv2 and SNMPv3
– Remote monitoring – RMON SMI and MIB-Network Management
Architecture- Security and privacy architecture.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. Larry L Peterson and Bruce S Davie, ‘Computer Networks: A Systems
Approach’, Fourth Edition, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2007. (Unit I and
Unit II)
2. William Stallings, ‘High Speed Networks: Performance and Quality of
Service’, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002. (Unit III)
3. Mani Subramaniam, ‘Network Management: Principles and Practices’,
Pearson Education, 2000 (Unit IV and Unit V)

REFERENCES:
1. Mahbub Hassan and Raj Jain, ‘High Performance TCP/IP Networking’,
Pearson Education, 2004.
2. Jean Warland and Pravin Vareya, ‘High Performance Networks’, Morgan
Kauffman Publishers, 2002

187
 Syllabus CCE
3. Kasera and Seth, ‘ATM Networks: Concepts and Protocols’, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002.

OUTCOME:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to
1 Learn about communication networks, switched networks and shared
networks. (K1)
2 Understand the concepts of error control, flow control and congestion
control in wireless networks. (K2)
3 Analyze concepts of quality of service and traffic monitoring of IP
networks. (K3)
4 Evaluate the concept of TCP and UDP in inelastic traffic. (K4)
5 Understand and acquire the concepts of Differential service networks and
MPLS networks. (K2)
6 Outline the SNMP concepts and Network monitoring in terms of security.
(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - 3 - 3 1 1 1

CO2 - 3 - 3 3 - 3 - 3 2 1 1

CO3 - - - 2 2 3 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 1

CO4 3 2 - - - 3 3 - 3 - 3 1 2 2

CO5 3 2 - 3 2 - - - 1 1 1

CO6 3 2 2 1 - - - - 2 2 3 1 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20ECEL502 L T P C
INDUSTRIAL IoT
SDG NO. 3,4,11,15
3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l Introduce how IoT has become a game changer in the new economy
where the customers are looking for integrated value
l Bring the IoT perspective in thinking and building solutions
l Introduce the tools and techniques that enable IoT solution and Security
aspects

188
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to IOT, What is IIOT? IOT Vs. IIOT, History of IIOT, Components of
IIOT -Sensors, Interface, Networks, People &Process, Hype cycle, IOT Market,
Trends& future Real life examples, Key terms – IOT Platform, Interfaces, API,
clouds, Data Management Analytics, Mining &Manipulation; Role of IIOT in
Manufacturing Processes Use of IIOT in plant maintenance practices,
Sustainability through Business excellence tools; Challenges & Benefits in
implementing IIOT.

UNIT II ARCHITECTURES 9
Overview of IOT components; Various Architectures of IOT and IIOT,
Advantages & disadvantages, Industrial Internet - Reference Architecture;
IIOT System components: Sensors, Gateways, Routers, Modem, Cloud brokers,
servers and its integration, WSN,WSN network design for IOT.

UNIT III SENSOR AND INTERFACING 9

Introduction to sensors, Transducers, Classification, Roles of sensors in IIOT,
Various types of sensors, Design of sensors, sensor architecture, special
requirements for IIOT sensors, Role of actuators, types of actuators. Hardwire
the sensors with different protocols such as HART, MODBUS-Serial & Parallel,
Ethernet, BACNet , Current, M2M etc.

UNIT IV PROTOCOLS AND CLOUD 9

Need of protocols; Types of Protocols, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi direct, Zigbee, Z wave,
Bacnet, BLE,Modbus, SPI , I2C, IIOT protocols –COAP, MQTT,6lowpan, lwm2m,
AMPQ IIOT cloud platforms : Overview of cots cloud platforms, predix,
thingworks, azure etc. Data analytics, cloud services, Business models: Saas,
Paas, Iaas.

UNIT V PRIVACY, SECURITY AND GOVERNANCE 9

Introduction to web security, Conventional web technology and relationship
with IIOT, Vulnerabilities of IoT, Privacy, Security requirements, Threat
analysis, Trust, IoT security tomography and layered attacker model, Identity
establishment, Access control, Message integrity, Non-repudiation and
availability, Security model for IoT, Network security techniques Management
aspects of cyber security.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1 Daniel Minoli, “Building the Internet of Things with IPv6 and MIPv6: The
Evolving World of M2M Communications”, ISBN: 978-1-118-47347-4,
Willy Publications

189
 Syllabus CCE
2 Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian 2. Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of
Things”, ISBN 978-3- 642- 19156-5 e-ISBN 978-3-642-19157-2,
Springer

REFERENCES:
1. Hakima Chaouchi, “ The Internet of Things Connecting Objects to the
Web” ISBN : 978-1-84821-140-7, Willy Publications
2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, The Internet of
Things: Key Applications and Protocols, ISBN: 978-1-119-99435-0, 2 nd
Edition, Willy Publications
3. Inside the Internet of Things (IoT), Deloitte University Press
4. Internet of Things- From Research and Innovation to Market
Deployment;By Ovidiu & Peter; River Publishers Series
5. Five thoughts from the Father of the Internet of Things; by By Phil
Wainewright – Kevin Ashton
6. How Protocol Conversion Addresses IIoT Challenges: White Paper By
RedLion.

WEB REFERENCES:
1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105195/
2 https://freevideolectures.com/course/4231/nptel-introduction-
industry-industrial-internet-things

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/digital-thread-implementation/
the-industrial-internet-of-things-iiot-za9wH
2 https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs24/preview

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Review the components and key terms in IOT (K1)
2. Describe the architectures of IOT, IIOT (K1)
3. Understand, design and develop the real life IoT applications using off
the shelf hardware and software (K1)
4. Understand various IoT layers and their relative importance (K1)
5. Study various IoT platforms and Security (K1)
6. Realize the importance of Data Analytics in IoT (K1)

190
 Syllabus CCE
CO – PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 1 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 1 3 2 2 2 - - 2 3 2 2 3 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20CSEL704 L T P C
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the techniques in natural language processing
l To be familiar with the natural language generation
l To be exposed to machine translation
l To understand the information retrieval techniques

UNIT I OVERVIEW AND LANGUAGE MODELING 9

Overview: Origins and Challenges of NLP-Language and Grammar - Processing
Indian Languages - NLP Applications - Information Retrieval - Language
Modeling - Various Grammar - Based Language Models-Statistical Language
Model.

UNIT II WORD LEVEL AND SYNTACTIC ANALYSIS 9

Word Level Analysis - Regular Expressions-Finite-State Automata-
Morphological Parsing-Spelling Error Detection and Correction-Words and
Word Classes-Part-of Speech Tagging - Syntactic Analysis - Context-Free
Grammar-Constituency- Parsing-Probabilistic Parsing.

UNIT III SEMANTIC ANALYSIS AND DISCOURSE PROCESSING 9

Semantic Analysis: Meaning Representation-Lexical Semantics - Ambiguity-
Word Sense Disambiguation - Discourse Processing - Cohesion-Reference
Resolution- Discourse Coherence and Structure.

191
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT IV N A T U R A L L A N G U A G E G E N E R A T I O N
AND MACHINE TRANSLATION 10
Natural Language Generation - Architecture of NLG Systems- Generation Tasks
and Representations- Application of NLG - Machine Translation - Problems in
Machine Translation - Characteristics of Indian Languages - Machine
Translation Approaches - Translation Involving Indian Languages.

UNIT V INFORMATION RETRIEVAL AND

LEXICAL RESOURCES 8
Information Retrieval - Design features of Information Retrieval Systems-
Classical - Non-classical - Alternative Models of Information Retrieval –
Valuation Lexical Resources - World Net-Frame Net- Stemmers - POS Tagger-
Research Corpora.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOK:
1. Tanveer Siddiqui, U.S. Tiwary, “Natural Language Processing and
Information Retrieval”, Oxford University Press, 2008.
2. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein and Edward Loper, “Natural Language Processing
with Python”, First Edition, O‗Reilly Media, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. DanielJurafsky and James H Martin, “Speech and Language Processing:
An introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational
Linguistics and Speech Recognition”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
2. James Allen, “Natural Language Understanding”, 2nd edition, Benjamin /
Cummings publishing company, 1995.
3. Hobson lane, Cole Howard, Hannes Hapke, “Natural language processing
in action” MANNING Publications, 2019.
4. Alexander Clark, Chris Fox, Shalom Lappin, “The Handbook of
Computational Linguistics and Natural Language Processing”, Wiley-
Blackwell, 2012.
5. Anne Kao and Stephen R. Poteet (Eds), “Natural Language Processing and
Text Mining”, Springer-Verlag London Limited, 2007.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/natural_language_processing/
natural_language_processing_information_retrieval.htm
2. https://towardsdatascience.com/your-guide-to-natural-language-
processing-nlp-48ea2511f6e1

192
 Syllabus CCE
3. https://machinelearningmastery.com/natural-language-processing/
4. https://becominghuman.ai/a-simple-introduction-to-natural-language-
processing-ea66a1747b32

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/language-processing
2. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLoROMvodv4rOhcu
XMZkNm7j3fVwBBY42z

OUT COMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Learn the approaches of syntax and semantics in NLP. (K1)
2. Understand approaches to discourse, generation, dialogue and
summarization within NLP. (K1)
3. Implement current methods for statistical approaches to machine
translation. (K3)
4. Analyse machine learning techniques used in NLP. (K3)
5. Apply information retrieval techniques. (K2)
6. Develop a Statistical Methods for Real World Applications and explore
deep learning based NLP. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 1 2 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 3 2 - 1 3 1 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 2 1 1

CO4 3 3 1 - 3 - - 2 1 1 - 1 2 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

CO6 2 2 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 2 2

193
 Syllabus CCE
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20MGEL601 L T P C
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concepts and philosophies of Quality Management
l To know the impact and sigini icance of TQM principles on organizations
in recent times.

UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 8
Need and Evolution of Quality, Quality-De initions, statements and
dimensions of product and service quality TQM-concepts, Elements and
Framework, Bene its & Obstacles of TQM , TQM-Culture, Stategic Quality
Management, Costs of Quality.

UNIT II CONTRIBUTIONS AND APPROACHES TO QUALITY

MANAGEMENT 9
Renowned quality gurus- Deming, Juran, Crosby and Ishikawa, Contributions
of Taguchi – Loss Function, Signal to Noise Ratio and design of experiments,
Kaizen -principles and practices-5 S tools, Poka Yoke-8Discipline
Methodology, Just in time, Continous process improvement-PDCA cycle and 5
why analysis

UNIT III CUSTOMER FOCUS AND TEAMWORK 8

Identifying Customer Needs, QFD - Process, Building HoQ, Customer
Satisfaction Measurement Techniques. Employee Involvement Practices.
Individual Participation - Suggestion Systems & Empowerment,
Motivation,Leadership, Partnerships - Cross-Functional Teams,
Supplier/Customer Partnerships, Problem -Solving Teams - Quality Circles.

UNIT IV STATISTICAL TOOLS & TECHNIQUES 11

SQC - Tools For Data Collection And Analysis – Seven tools(old and new
),Statistical Process Control (SPC) – Construction of Control Chart – Variables
and Attributes. Process Capability – concepts and measurement. Six Sigma
models ,Lean six sigma, BPR, TPM, FMEA and Benchmarking.

UNIT V QUALITY SYSTEMS AND STANDARDS 9

Need for ISO 9000- ISO 9001: 2015 quality system-guidelines and clausewise
requirements, Quality audits-types and responsibilities, ISO 14001:2004 EMS,

194
 Syllabus CCE
ISO / TS 16949:2002, ISO 27001:2005 ISMS, SEI – CMMIand Awards - Demings
Prize, MBNQA and criteria.
TOTAL:45PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Bester ield, Total Quality Management, 3rd Edition, Pearson India
2 Shridhara K Bhat, Total Quality Management. Himalaya Publishing
House, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bedi Kanishka, Quality Management, Oxford University Press
2. Kiran D.R., Total Quality Management - Key Concepts and Case Studies,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2016.
3. Poornima M Charantimath, Total Quality Management. Pearson India,
2017
4. Sharma DD, Total Quality Management, Principles, Practice and Cases,
Sultan Chand and Sons.
5. Douglas C. Montgomory, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley
Student Edition, 4 th Edition, Wiley India Pvt Limited, 2008

MOOC REFERENCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/supply-chain-management/total-
quality-management-wLrvy
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg34/preview
3. https://www.openlearning.com/courses/total-quality-management/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/tqm-in-academics/

MOOC REFERENCES:
1. https://www.unido.org/sites/default/ iles/2009-04/A_roadmap_
to_quality_volume_1_0.pdf
2. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/t/total-quality-management-
tqm.asp
3. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/237006071_Total_
Quality_Management_in_Academic_Libraries_A_Study
4. https://www.isixsigma.com/methodology/total-quality-management-
tqm/introduction-and-implementation-total-quality-management-
tqm/
5. https://study.com/academy/lesson/ ive-principles-of-total-quality-
management-tqm.html

195
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand quality concepts and philosophies of TQM. (K2)
2. Apply TQM principles and concepts of continuous improvement. (K3)
3. Explain the quality tools, management tools and statistical fundamentals
to improve quality. (K2)
4. Demonstrate the various TQM tools as a means to improve quality. (K2)
5. Illustrate quality tools and procedures for better quality output. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 1 3 1 - 1 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO4 2 2 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20CCEL603 ADVANCED DATASTRUCTURES AND L T P C
SDG NO.4,9 ALGORITHMS 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To solve problems using different data structures and design techniques
and to compare their performance, tradeoffs.
l To learn appropriate use and choice of standard data structures.
l To develop recursive algorithms for various applications.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS 9
Mathematical Induction - Asymptotic Notations – Properties of Big-oh
Notation – Conditional Asymptotic Notation – Algorithm Analysis – Amortized
Analysis – NP-Completeness – NP-Hard – Recurrence Equations – Solving
Recurrence Equations – Memory Representation of Multi-dimensional Arrays
– Time-Space Tradeoff.

196
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT II HEAP STRUCTURES 9
Min/Max heaps – Array-Based Heaps - Heap-Ordered Trees and Half-Ordered
Trees -Deaps – Leftist Heaps – Binomial Heaps: Structure –Operations-
Changing Keys in Heaps – Fibonacci Heaps – Skew Heaps – Lazy- Binomial
Heaps.

UNIT III SEARCH STRUCTURES 9

Binary Search Trees – Self balancing Binary Search Trees – Applications – The
concept of balancing and its advantages – AVL Trees : Single and Double
rotations – Red-Black trees – Multi-way Search Trees –B-Trees: Operations:
Insert and Delete– Splay Trees : Rotation – Tries.

UNIT IV MULTIMEDIA STRUCTURES 9

Segment Trees – k-d Trees: Node structure – 2-D trees – insertion - deletion –
Point Quad Trees:insertion – deletion - Expanded Node Type– Range Searches
– MX-Quad Trees: Range Queries – R-Trees – TV-Trees: Node Structure –Search
- Insertion – Deletion - Extending and contracting.

UNIT V ALGORITHMS 9
Huffman Coding – Convex Hull – Topological Sort – Tree Vertex Splitting –
Activity Networks – Flow Shop Scheduling – Counting Binary Trees –
Introduction to Randomized Algorithms.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. E. Horowitz, S.Sahni and Dinesh Mehta, Fundamentals of Data structures
in C++, Uiversity Press, 2007.
2. E. Horowitz, S. Sahni and S. Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms/C++,
Second Edition, University Press, 2007.
3. V.S. Subramanian, Principles of Multimedia Database systems, Morgan
Kaufman, 1998.

REFERENCES
1. G. Brassard and P. Bratley, Algorithmics: Theory and Practice, Prentice
–Hall, 1988.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Understand the properties of of Big-oh Notation and Conditional
Asymptotic Notation
2. Solve NP-Completeness and NP-Hard problem

197
 Syllabus CCE
3. Analyze different types of Heaps and its structure.
4. Able to create Heap Structure for different types of Heaps
5. Learn about different types of trees like AVL Trees, Red-Black trees and
B-Trees

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 0 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 2 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 2

CO5 3 3 2 1 1 3 1 0 0 0 3 3 2 2

CO6 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 3 3 2 1

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20ITEL601 L T P C
SOFTWARE TESTING
SDG NO.4,9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the criteria and design of Test Cases
l To learn the design of Test Cases
l To understand Test Management and Test Automation Techniques
l To apply Test Metrics and Measurements

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Testing as an Engineering Activity – Testing as a Process – Testing Maturity
Model - Basic De initions – Software Testing Principles – The Tester's Role in a
Software Development Organization – Origins of Defects – Cost of Defects –
Defect Classes – The Defect Repository and Test Design – Defect Examples-
Developer/Tester Support of Developing a Defect Repository.

UNIT II TEST CASE DESIGN STRATEGIES 9

Test Case Design Strategies – Using Black Box Approach to Test Case Design –
Boundary Value Analysis – Equivalence Class Partitioning – State Based
Testing – Cause-Effect Graphing – Compatibility Testing – User

198
 Syllabus CCE
Documentation Testing – Domain Testing - Random Testing – Requirements
Based Testing – Using White Box Approach to Test design – Test Adequacy
Criteria – Static Testing Vs. Structural Testing – Code Functional Testing –
Coverage and Control Flow Graphs – Covering Code Logic – Paths – Code
Complexity Testing – Additional White Box Testing Approaches.

UNIT III LEVELS OF TESTING 9

The Need for Levels of Testing – Unit Test – Unit Test Planning – Designing the
Unit Tests – The Test Harness – Running the Unit Tests and Recording Results –
Integration Tests – Designing Integration Tests – Integration Test Planning –
Scenario Testing – Defect Bash Elimination System Testing – Acceptance
Testing – Performance Testing – Regression Testing – Internationalization
Testing – Ad Hoc Testing – Alpha, Beta Tests – Testing Object Oriented Systems
– Usability and Accessibility Testing – Con iguration Testing – Compatibility
Testing – Testing the Documentation – Website Testing.

UNIT IV TEST MANAGEMENT 9

People and Organizational Issues in Testing – Organization Structures for
Testing Teams – Testing Services – Test Planning – Test Plan Components –
Test Plan Attachments – Locating Test Items – Test Management – Test Process
– Reporting Test Results – Introducing the Test Specialist – Skills Needed by a
Test Specialist – Building a Testing Group- The Structure of Testing Group -
The Technical Training Program.

UNIT V TEST AUTOMATION 9

Software Test Automation – Skills needed for Automation – Scope of
Automation – Design and Architecture for Automation – Requirements for a
Test Tool – Challenges in Automation – Test Metrics and Measurements –
Project, Progress and Productivity Metrics.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Srinivasan Desikan and Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing –
Principles and Practices”, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Ron Patton, “Software Testing Second Edition”, Sams Publishing, Pearson
Education, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Ilene Burnstein, “Practical Software Testing”, Springer International
Edition, 2003.
2. Edward Kit, “Software Testing in the Real World – Improving the Process”,
Pearson Education, 1995.

199
 Syllabus CCE
nd
3. Boris Beizer, “Software Testing Techniques” 2 Edition, Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York, 1990.
4. Aditya P. Mathur “Foundations of Software Testing - Fundamental
Algorithms and Techniques”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson
Education, 2008.
5. Naresh chauhan-software testing principles and practices,2nd
edition,oxford University Press, 2017.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105150/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.javatpoint.com/software-testing-tutorial
2. https://www.toolsqa.com/software-testing-tutorial/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand about the Software Testing Principles and Defect Classes(K2)
2. Apply test cases suitable for software development for different
domains(K3)
3. Discuss the various Levels of Testing (K2)
4. Identify suitable tests to be carried out.(K2)
5. Discuss the concepts of Test plan and its skill set(K2)
6. Apply automatic testing tools and discuss the various test metrics and
measurements.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 - 2 3

CO2 2 3 3 - - - - - 2 - 1 - 3 3

CO3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 - 1 2 3 3

CO4 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 - 3 3 3 3

CO5 - 2 1 - - - - - 2 - 2 - 3 3

CO6 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3 3

200
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II
20CCEL604 L T P C
INFOMETRICS
SDG NO.4,9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the information properties of scientific and technical data.
l To learn how to measure and evaluate aspects of research data set
usability.
l To have hands-on experience with data science and informatics tools

UNIT I IT ORGANIZATION 9
Metrics that matter - Interpreting the metrics – Collecting the data – Managing
the data – Obstacles to acquiring IT metrics information – Old data versus new
graphical analysis – Core of software planning – Measuring the core metrics
(Product, Quality, Process, Productivity, Time, Effort) – Estimating and
controlling with the core metrics – Work output measurements.

UNIT II MEASUREMENT PROGRAM APPROACHES 9

EDS Brazil metrics program – Measurement program implementation
approaches : Assessing measurement frame work and guidelines– Bench
marking: conceptual model for bench marking, semantics annotations – Data
definition framework for defining software measurements.

UNIT III SOFTWARE METRICS 9

Functional points as part of measurement program :mean time ,detect density,
customer problem ,customer satisfaction– Estimation of software reliability –
Establishing central support for software sizing activities – Using metrics to
manage projects – Tracking software progress – Effectively utilizing software
metrics.

UNIT IV SOFTWARE ESTIMATION 9

Problems with measurements – Avoiding obstacles and common pitfalls –
Unreported and unpaid overtime – Using software metrics for effective
estimating – Estimating software development projects – Enhanced
estimation on time within budget – Metrics in outsourcing – Lifigaton – The
product of non practicing function point metrics – Applying statistical process
central to software – Metrics in E-Commerce.

201
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V SOFTWARE DEFECT MANAGEMENT 9
Literature review – Defect removal effectiveness and quality planning : early
detection of software errors, phase based defect removal model,
characteristics of special case phase 2 model – Quality planning – Cost
effectiveness of phase defect removal – Process maturity:
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK
1. Stephen H. Kan, “ Metrics and Models In Software Quality Engineering”,
First Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

REFERENCES
1. N. Fenton, S. L. Pfleeger, “Software Metrics: A Rigorous and Practical
Approach”, Thomson Learning, 1997.
2. IT Measurement – A Practical Advice from the Experts”, International
Function Point Users Group, Pearson Education, 2002.

OUTCOME:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to
1 Understand the concept of Obstacles to acquiring IT metrics information
(K2)
2 Learn the concept of Estimating and controlling with the core metrics (K1)
3 Determine EDS Brazil metrics program. (K2)
4 Analyze Tracking software progress (K3)
5 Discuss the topic Functional points as part of measurement program. (K2)
6 Interpret the software defect management process using various metrics.
(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2

CO2 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2

CO3 2 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1

CO4 0 3 0 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1

CO5 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 -

CO6 1 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2

202
 Syllabus CCE
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20CSEL702 L T P C
SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To appreciate the need for Software De ined Networks
l To learn working of Software De ined Networking
l To know the Open Flow Speci ications
l To know the applications of Software De ined Networking in Data Centers

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Basic Packet Switching Terminology - The Modern Data Center - Traditional
Switch Architecture - Autonomous and Dynamic Forwarding Tables - Open
Source and Technological Shifts - SDN - Evolution of Switches - Control Planes -
Cost - SDN Implications for Research and Innovation - Data Center Innovation -
Data Center Needs.

UNIT II THE GENESIS OF SDN 9

The Evolution of Networking Technology - Sustaining SDN Interoperability -
Open Source Contributions - Legacy Mechanisms Evolve Toward SDN -
Network Virtualization - Fundamental Characteristics of SDN - SDN Operation
- SDN Devices - SDN Controller - SDN Applications - Alternate SDN Methods.

UNIT III THE OPENFLOW SPECIFICATION 9

OpenFlow Overview - OpenFlow 1.0-1.1-1.2-1.3 - OpenFlow - Limitations -
Alternative De initions of SDN - Potential Drawbacks of Open SDN - SDN via
APIs - SDN via Hypervisor - Based Overlays - SDN via Opening Up the Device -
Network Functions Virtualization - Alternatives Overlap and Ranking.

UNIT IV SDN IN THE DATA CENTER 9

Data Center De inition - Data Center Demands - Tunneling Technologies for
the Data Center, Path Technologies in the Data Center - Ethernet Fabrics in the
Data Center - SDN Use Cases in the Data Center - Open SDN versus Overlays in
the Data Center - Real-World Data Center Implementations.

SDN IN OTHER ENVIRONMENTS: Consistent Policy Con iguration - Global

Network View - Wide Area Networks - Service Provider and Carrier Networks -
Campus Networks - Hospitality Networks - Mobile Networks - In-Line
Network Functions - Optical Networks - SDN vs P2P/Overlay Networks.

203
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V SDN APPLICATIONS 9
Reactive versus Proactive Applications - Reactive SDN Applications - Proactive
SDN Applications - Analyzing Simple SDN Applications - Creating Network
Virtualization Tunnels - Of loading Flows in the Data Center - Access Control
for the Campus - Traf ic Engineering for Service Providers.
SDN FUTURES: Potential Novel Applications of Open SDN - Applying
Programming Techniques to Networks - Security Applications - Hiding IP
Addresses - Segregating IPSec Traf ic in Mobile Networks - Roaming in Mobile
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Paul Goransson, Chuck Black, “Software De ined Networks - A
Comprehensive Approach”, Elsevier, 2014.
2. Siamak Azodolmolky, “Software De ined Networking with Open Flow”,
Second Edition, Packt Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas D.Nadeau & Ken Gray, "SDN Software De ined Networks",
O'Reilly publishers, First edition, 2013.
2. Sreenivas Voruganti, Sriram Subramanian, “Software De ined
Networking (SDN) with Open Stack”, First Edition, Packt Publishing,
2016.
3. William Stallings, “Foundations of Modern Networking”, First Edition,
Pearson education limited, 2016.
4. Vivek Tiwari, “SDN and Open Flow for Beginners”, Amazon Digital
Services, Inc., 2013.
5. Fei Hu, Editor, “Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN:
Principles and Design”, Chemical Rubber Company Press, 2014.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. h t t p s : / / u s e r s . c s . i u . e d u / ~ fo r t e g a / s t o ra g e / t c n 6 4 3 0 / S D N _
9780124166844.pdf
2. https://www.cs.rutgers.edu/~sn624/552-F18/papers/p4.pdf
3. https://www.cs.rutgers.edu/~sn624/552-F18/papers/road.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://sdn.ieee.org/outreach/resources
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/sdn

204
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Explain the key bene its of SDN by the separation of data and control
planes (K1)
2. Interpret the SDN data plane devices and Open low Protocols.(K2)
3. Implement the operation of SDN control plane with different
controllers.(K2)
4. Apply techniques that enable applications to control the underlying
network using SDN.(K3)
5. Appreciate the applications of Software De ined Networking in Data
Centers (K2)
6. Describe Network Functions Virtualization components and their roles
in SDN(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - 3 2 - 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 -

CO2 1 3 1 2 - 1 - 3 1 - 1 1 1 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 1 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 1 1 3 2 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 2 2 1 3 2 3 3

205
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCEL701 L T P C
ADHOC AND SENSOR NETWORKS
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l Understand the design issues in ad hoc and sensor networks. Learn the
different types of MAC protocols.
l Be familiar with different types of adhoc routing protocols.
l Be expose to the TCP issues in adhoc networks.
l Learn the architecture and protocols of wireless sensor networks.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Characteristics of wireless channel - Wireless local loop - IEEE 802.16
standard – HIPERACCESS -Ad hoc wireless networks: Introduction and issues -
MAC protocols: Design issues - Goals and classification - MACAW: A media
access protocol for wireless LANsDistributed packet reservation multiple
access protocol-Distributed priority scheduling and Medium access in Ad hoc
networks- MAC protocol using directional antennas.

UNIT II ROUTING PROTOCOLS 9

Design issues – Classification – Wireless routing protocol - Location aided
routing- Zone routing protocol - Hierarchical state routing protocol - Power
aware routing protocol – Operation of multicast routing protocols -
Classification of multicast routing protocols – Application-Dependent
multicast routing.

UNIT III SECURITY IN AD HOC NETWORKS 9

Security in ad hoc wireless networks – Network security requirements - Issues
and challenges in security provisioning – Network security attacks – key
management – secure routing in Ad hoc Networks

UNIT IV WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS 9

Architecture - Data dissemination - Date gathering - MAC protocols - Location
discovery - Quality of sensor networks - Case study

UNIT V SENSOR NETWORK DATABASE 9

Sensor database challenges – Querying the physical environment – Query
interfaces - High level database organization – In-Network aggregation –
Temporal data – Emerging Applications.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
206
 Syllabus CCE
TEXT BOOK:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy, and B. S. Manoj, "Ad Hoc Wireless Networks:
Architectures and Protocols ",Prentice Hall Professional Technical
Reference, 2008.
2. Toh C.K., "Ad hoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols And Systems",
Prentice Hall PTR, First edition 2002

REFERENCES:
1. Mohammad Ilyas, ―The Handbook Of Ad hoc Wireless Networks‖, CRC
press, 2002
2. Charles E. Perkins, ―Ad hoc Networking‖, Addison –Wesley,2000
3. Stefano Basagni , et al ― Mobile Ad hoc Networking‖, Wiley –IEEE
press,2004
4. Zhao, Guibas ‖Wireless Sensor Networks‖ ,Morgan Kaufmann
Publications,2004

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Explain the concept of ad hoc and sensor networks, their applications and
typical node and network architectures. (K2)
2 Summarize the Concepts of MAC Protocol (K2)
3 Compare wireless routing protocol‘s function and their implications on
network performance. (K3)
4 Explain various security threats to ad hoc networks and describe proposed
solutions. (K2)
5 Explain the sensor network characteristics, sensor databases and query
processing. (K2)
6 Analyze the protocol design issues of ad hoc and sensor networks (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - 2

CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -

207
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCEL702 L T P C
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION
SDG NO.4,8,9 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l Learn the foundations of Human Computer Interaction
l Be familiar with the design technologies for individuals and persons with
disabilities
l Be aware of mobile HCI
l Learn the guidelines for user interface.
l Learn HCI implications for designing multimedia/ e-commerce/ e-
learning Web sites

UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF HCI 9

The Human: I/O channels – Memory – Reasoning and problem solving; The
computer: Devices – Memory – processing and networks; Interaction: Models
– frameworks – Ergonomics – styles – elements – interactivity- Paradigms.

UNIT II DESIGN & SOFTWARE PROCESS 9

Interactive Design basics – process – scenarios – navigation – screen design –
Iteration and prototyping. HCI in software process – software life cycle –
usability engineering – Prototyping in practice – design rationale. Design rules
– principles, standards, guidelines, rules. Evaluation Techniques – Universal
Design.

UNIT III MODELS AND THEORIES 9

Cognitive models –Socio-Organizational issues and stake holder requirements
–Communication and collaboration models-Hypertext, Multimedia and
WWW.

UNIT IV MOBILE HCI 9

Mobile Ecosystem: Platforms, Application frameworks- Types of Mobile
Applications: Widgets, Applications, Games- Mobile Information Architecture,
Mobile 2.0, Mobile Design: Elements of Mobile Design, Tools.

UNIT V WEB INTERFACE DESIGN 9

Designing Web Interfaces – Drag & Drop, Direct Selection, Contextual Tools,
Overlays, Inlays and Virtual Pages, Process Flow. Case Studies.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
208
 Syllabus CCE
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russell Beale, “Human Computer
Interaction”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2004
2. Brian Fling, “Mobile Design and Development”, First Edition , O‟Reilly
Media Inc., 2009
3. Bill Scott and Theresa Neil, “Designing Web Interfaces”, First Edition,
O‟Reilly, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. G. Abowd. Agents: recognition and interaction models. In D. Diaper, D.
Gilmore, G. Cockton, and B. Shackel, editors, Human-Computer
Interaction - Proceedings INTERACT'90, pages 143-146. North-Holland,
Amsterdam, 1990.
2. H. Alexander. Formally-based Tools and Techniques for Human-
Computer Dialogues. Ellis Horwood, Chichester, 1987.

WEB REFRENCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/human-computer-interaction
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106177/

ONLINE COURSES:
1. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLLssT5z_DsK_nusHL_Mjt87
THSTlgrsyJ
2. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL9D89E1E0B8510EC5

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Summarize the Foundation of HCI ( K2)
2 Interpret the Interactive Design Process (K2)
3 Infer Prototyping HCI in Software Process (K2)
4 Summarize the Different Models and Theories in Software Design (K2)
5 Interpret the Concepts of Mobile HCI (K2)
6 Explain the HCI implications for designing multimedia/ ecommerce/ e-
learning Web sites (K2)

209
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - 2

CO6 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCEL703 L T P C
QUANTUM COMPUTING
SDG NO.8,9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To introduction to quantum computing
l To know the various quantum systems
l To know the Relationship between quantum and classical complexity
classes
l To know the Deutsch’s algorithm, Deutsch’s-Jozsa algorithm, Shor
factorization, Grover search
l To find the evaluation of the Noise and error correction

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM COMPUTING 9

Overview of traditional computing – Church-Turing thesis – circuit model of
computation – reversible computation – quantum physics – quantum physics
and computation – Dirac notation and Hilbert Spaces – dual vectors –
operators – the spectral theorem – functions of operators – tensor products –
Schmidt decomposition theorem.

UNIT II QUBITS AND QUANTUM MODEL OF COMPUTATION 9

State of a quantum system – time evolution of a closed system – composite
systems – measurement – mixed states and general quantum operations –
quantum circuit model – quantum gates – universal sets of quantum gates –
unitary transformations – quantum circuits.

210
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III QUANTUM STANDARD ALGORITHMS - I 9
Superdense coding – quantum teleportation – applications of teleportation –
probabilistic versus quantum algorithms – phase kick-back – the Deutsch
algorithm – the Deutsch- Jozsa algorithm – Simon's algorithm – Quantum
phase estimation and quantum Fourier Transform – eigenvalue estimation.

UNIT IV QUANTUM STANDARD ALGORITHMS - II 9

Order-finding problem – eigenvalue estimation approach to order finding –
Shor's algorithm for order finding – finding discrete logarithms – hidden
subgroups – Grover's quantum search algorithm – amplitude amplification –
quantum amplitude estimation – quantum counting – searching without
knowing the success probability

UNIT V QUANTUM COMPUTATIONAL COMPLEXITY AND ERROR

CORRECTION 9
Computational complexity – black-box model – lower bounds for searching –
general black-box lower bounds – polynomial method – block sensitivity –
adversary methods – classical error correction – classical three-bit code – fault
tolerance – quantum error correction – three- and nine-qubit quantum codes –
fault-tolerant quantum computation
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. P. Kaye, R. Laflamme, and M. Mosca, “An introduction to Quantum
Computing”, Oxford University Press, 1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Nielsen M. A., Quantum Computation and Quantum Information
Cambridge University Press.
2. V. Sahni, “Quantum Computing”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company,
2007.
3. Benenti G., Casati G. and Strini G., Principles of Quantum Computation and
Information, Vol. I: Basic Concepts, Vol II: Basic Tools and
SpeciaTopics,WorldScientific.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/quantumcomputingquantumphysics
/?utm_source=adwords&utm_medium=udemyads&utm.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z1uoz_8dLH0&list=PL74Rel4I
AsETUwZS_Se_P-fSEyEVQwni7
211
 Syllabus CCE
2. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLq-Gm0yRYwThGmlypvSFQ-
kT2rPaXKAZ5

OUTCOMES:
1. Describe about quantum computing basics (K1)
2. Design the model for quantum computing systems (K3)
3. Design the algorithm for the model for quantum computing system (K3)
4. Develop the advanced algorithm for the progressed model (K3)
5. Compare Different Quantum Standard Algorithms (K3)
5. Compute the computational complexity and correct the errors (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 _ 1 3 2 1 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 _ 1 3 2 1 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 _ 1 3 2 1 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 _ 1 3 2 1 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 _ 1 3 2 1 2 3

CO6 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 _ 1 3 2 1 2 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20ECPC702 L T P C
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION
SDG NO. 9, 11 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To study about the various optical fiber modes, configuration and
transmission characteristics of optical fibers
l To learn about the transmission characteristics associated with
dispersion and polarization techniques
l To learn about the various optical sources, detectors and transmission
techniques
l To explore various idea about optical fiber measurements and various
coupling techniques
l To enrich the knowledge about optical communication systems and
networks
212
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OPTICAL FIBERS 9
Introduction, need for optical communication, salient features of optical
fibers, Ray theory of light guidance, Basic optical laws and definitions, Total
internal reflection, Acceptance angle, Numerical aperture, Modes of a fiber,
single and multimode fibers, Step-index and graded-index fibers, Fiber
fabrication techniques. Electromagnetic nature of light, Boundary Conditions,
Reflection and transmission of waves at a boundary, Modal analysis of optical
fibers, Linearly polarized modes.

UNIT II SIGNAL DEGRADATION IN OPTICAL FIBER 9

Attenuation, Absorption, Scattering losses, Bending losses, Core and Cladding
losses, Signal dispersion, Inter symbol interference and bandwidth, Intra
model dispersion, Material dispersion, Waveguide dispersion, Polarization
mode dispersion, Intermodal dispersion. Pulse broadening In GI fibers, Mode
Coupling, Design optimization of single mode fiber, Characteristics of single
mode fiber, RI Profile cutoff wave length, Dispersion calculations, Mode field
diameter.

UNIT III OPTICAL SOURCES AND DETECTORS 9

Sources and Deectors: Intrinsic and extrinsic materials, Direct and indirect
band gaps, LED structures, Surface emitting LED, Edge emitting LED, Quantum
efficiency and LED power, Light source materials, Modulation of LED, LASER
diodes, Modes and threshold conditions, Rate equations, External quantum
efficiency. PIN photo detector, Avalanche photo diodes, Photo detector noise,
Noise sources, SNR, Detector response time, Avalanche multiplication noise.

UNIT IV OPTICAL RECEIVER, MEASUREMENTS AND COUPLING 9

Fundamental receiver operation, preamplifiers, error sources, Front end
amplifiers, Digital receiver performance, Probability of error, Receiver
sensitivity, Quantum limit. Optical power measurement, Attenuation
measurement (Cut back & Insertion loss Methods), Dispersion measurement,
Fiber Numerical Aperture Measurements, Fiber cut-off Wave length
Measurements, Fiber diameter measurements, OTDR Field Applications:
OTDR Trace-Attenuation Measurements and Fiber fault location.
Coupling: Source to Fiber Power Launching, Lensing Schemes for coupling
improvement, Fiber-to-Fiber Joints, LED Coupling to Single mode Fibers-
Fiber Splicing, Optical Connectors.

UNIT V OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS 9

Digital Transmission Systems, System design consideration, Point–to–Point
links, Link power budget, Rise time budget, WDM Concepts and Components,
Elements of optical networks, SONET/SDH, Optical Interfaces, SONET/SDH
213
 Syllabus CCE
Rings and Networks, Broadcast and select WDM Networks, Wavelength
Routed Networks, Optical ETHERNET, Solitons, All-Optical Networking,
Evolution, Benefits, Challenges, and Future Vision.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gred Keiser, "Optical Fiber Communication”, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, Fifth Edition, Reprint 2013.
2. John M. Senior, “Optical Fiber Communication”, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajiv Ramaswami, “Optical Networks”, Second Edition, Elsevier, 2004.
2. J.Gower, “Optical Communication System”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
3. Govind P. Agrawal, “Fiber Optic Communication Systems”, Third Edition,
John Wiley & sons, 2004.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/6166843

ONLINE REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ph06

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Realize basic elements in optical fibers, different modes and
configurations. (K2)
2. Analyze the transmission characteristics associated with dispersion and
polarization techniques. (K2)
3. Discuss optical sources, detectors, with their use in optical communication
system. (K2)
4. Construct fiber optic receiver systems, and coupling techniques. (K3)
5. Measure Optical fiber parameters and performance (K2)
6. Design optical communication systems and its networks. (K3)

214
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2 2 1

CO3 3 3 3 1 2 - 1 - - - - - 2 1

CO4 3 3 3 1 2 - - - 1 1 - - 2 1

CO5 3 2 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 2 1

CO6 2 1 - - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 1

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCEL704 L T P C
DATABASE SECURITY AND PRIVACY
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the fundamentals of security, and how it relates to
information systems.
l To identify risks and vulnerabilities in operating systems from a database
perspective.
l To learn good password policies, and techniques to secure passwords in an
organization.
l To learn and implement administration policies for users.
l To understand the various database security models and their advantages
or disadvantages.
l To learn to implement privacy preserving data mining algorithms.

UNIT I OPERATING SYSTEM SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS 9

Introduction-Information Systems- Database Management Systems-
Information Security Architecture- Database Security–Asset Types and value-
Security Methods. Introduction-Operating System Overview-Security .
Environment – Components- Authentication Methods-User Administration-
Password Policies-Vulnerabilities-E- mail Security.

UNIT II ADMINISTRATION OF USERS ,POLICIES, PRIVILEGES AND

ROLES 9
Introduction-Authentication-Creating Users, SQL Server User-Removing,

215
 Syllabus CCE
Modifying Users-Default, Remote Users-Database Links-Linked Servers-
Remote Servers-Practices for Administrators and Managers-Best Practices
Profiles, Password Policies, Introduction-Defining and Using Profiles-
Designing and Implementing Password . Policies-Granting and Revoking User
Privileges-Creating, Assigning and Revoking User Roles-Best Practices.

UNIT III DATABASE APPLICATION SECURITY MODELS AND PRIVATE

DATABASES 9
Introduction- Types of Users-Security Models- Application Types- Application
Security Models-Data Encryption. Introduction-Overview of VPD-
Implementation of VPD using Views, Application Context in Oracle-
Implementing Oracle VPD-Viewing VPD Policies and Application contexts
using Data Dictionary, Policy Manager Implementing Row and Column level
Security with SQL Server.

UNIT IV- AUDITING DATABASE ACTIVITIES 9

Using Oracle Database Activities-Creating DLL Triggers with Oracle- Auditing
Database Activities with Oracle-Auditing Server Activity with SQL Server
2000-Security and Auditing Project Case Study.

UNIT V - PRIVACY PRESERVING DATA MINING TECHNIQUES 9

Privacy Preserving Data Mining Techniques: Introduction- Privacy
Preserving Data Mining Algorithms- General Survey-Randomization
Methods-Group Based Anonymization-Distributed Privacy Preserving Data
Mining-Curse of Dimensionality-Application of Privacy Preserving Data
Mining
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK
1. Hassan A. Afyouni, “Database Security and Auditing”, Third Edition,
Cengage Learning, 2009.(UNIT 1 to IV)
2. Charu C. Aggarwal, Philip S Yu, “Privacy Preserving Data Mining”: Models
and Algorithms, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2008.(UNIT V).

REFERENCE
1. Ron Ben Natan, ”Implementing Database Security and Auditing”, Elsevier
Digital Press, 2005.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. http://charuaggarwal.net/toc.pdf
2. http://adrem.ua.ac.be/sites/adrem.ua.ac.be/file s/securitybook.pdf

216
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
1. Describe Operating System Security Fundamentals (K1)
2 Illustrate Administration of Users and Different Policies (K2)
3 Illustrate the use of Database Security Models (K3)
4 Interpret the Concepts of VPD (K3)
5 Auditing Database Activities (K2)
6 Apply privacy preserving data mining algorithms.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - - 1 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 3 1 2 3 2

CO6 3 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 3 1 2 3 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCEL705 PARALLEL ARCHITECTURE AND L T P C
SDG NO.4 ALGORITHMS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand different parallel architectures and models of computation.
l To introduce the various classes of parallel algorithms.
l To study parallel algorithms for basic problems.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Need for Parallel Processing - Data and Temporal Parallelism - Models of
Computation - RAM and PRAM Model – Shared Memory and Message Passing
Models- Processor Organisations - PRAM Algorithm – Analysis of PRAM
Algorithms- Parallel Programming Languages.

UNIT II PRAM ALGORITHMS 9

Parallel Algorithms for Reduction – Prefix Sum – List Ranking –Preorder Tree
Traversal – Searching -Sorting - Merging Two Sorted Lists – Matrix
Multiplication - Graph Coloring – Graph Searching.
217
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III SIMD ALGORITHMS -I 9
2D Mesh SIMD Model - Parallel Algorithms for Reduction - Prefix Computation
- Selection - Odd-Even Merge Sorting - Matrix Multiplication.

UNIT IV SIMD ALGORITHMS -II 9

Hypercube SIMD Model - Parallel Algorithms for Selection- Odd-Even Merge
Sort- Bitonic Sort- Matrix Multiplication Shuffle Exchange SIMD Model -
Parallel Algorithms for Reduction -Bitonic Merge Sort - Matrix Multiplication -
Minimum Cost Spanning Tree.

UNIT V MIMD ALGORITHMS 9

UMA Multiprocessor Model -Parallel Summing on Multiprocessor- Matrix
Multiplication on Multiprocessors and Multicomputer - Parallel Quick Sort -
Mapping Data to Processors.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael J. Quinn, "Parallel Computing : Theory & Practice", Tata McGraw
Hill Edition, Second edition, 2017.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, "Fundamentals
of Computer Algorithms", University press, Second edition , 2011.
3. V Rajaraman, C Siva Ram Murthy, " Parallel computers- Architecture and
Programming ", PHI learning, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. Ananth Grame, George Karpis, Vipin Kumar and Anshul Gupta,
"Introduction to Parallel Computing", 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley, 2003.
2. M Sasikumar, Dinesh Shikhare and P Ravi Prakash , " Introduction to
Parallel Processing", PHI learning , 2013.
3. S.G.Akl, "The Design and Analysis of Parallel Algorithms", PHI, 1989.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://web.cs.ucdavis.edu/~amenta/s13/parallel.html
2. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/parallel-
architectures.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3361/parallel-algorithm
2. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-parallel-algorithms-
12934
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106112/
218
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Introduce to parallel algorithms
2. Introduction of various classes of parallel Algorithms
3. Develop Parallel algorithms for standard problems
4. Understanding and applications of Parallel Algorithm
5. Analyze efficiency of different parallel algorithms.

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 - - 1 - - - - - 1 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 - - 1 - - - - - 1 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - 1 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 1 - 2 - - 2 - 2 1 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - 1 3 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCPC602 L T P C
COMPILER DESIGN
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn about the various phases of the Compiler
l To learn various Parsing techniques
l To understand Intermediate code generation & run time environment
l To analyze Code optimization techniques & Code generation algorithm

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COMPILERS 9

Translators-Compilation and Interpretation-Language processors – Analysis
of the source program – Phases of a compiler – Cousins of the Compiler –
Grouping of Phases – Compiler construction tools – Lexical Analysis – Role of
Lexical Analyzer – Input Buffering – Speci ication of Tokens– Recognition of
Tokens – LEX tool–Regular Expressions to Automata Direct method.

219
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT II SYNTAX ANALYSIS 12
Role of the parser –Writing a Grammar –Context-Free Grammars – Top Down
parsing – Recursive Descent Parsing – Predictive LL(1) Parsing – Bottom-up
parsing – Shift Reduce Parsing – Operator Precedence Parsing – LR Parsers –
SLR Parser – Introduction to LALR & CLR Parser - Error Handling and Recovery
in Syntax Analyzer-YACC.

UNIT III INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATION 8

Intermediate languages – Declarations – Assignment Statements – Boolean
Expressions – Case Statements –BackPatching – Procedure calls. Type
Systems-Speci ication of a simple type checker- Equivalence of Type
Expressions-Type Conversions.

UNIT IV RUN-TIME ENVIRONMENT AND CODE GENERATION 8

Source Language Issues-Storage Organization-Storage Allocation-Parameter
Passing-Symbol Tables- Dynamic Storage Allocation. Issues in the design of
code generator – The target machine - Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs – Next-
use Information – A simple Code generator – DAG Representation of Basic
Blocks.

UNIT V CODE OPTIMIZATION 8

Principal Sources of Optimization – Peep-hole optimization - DAG-
Optimization of Basic Blocks- Global Data Flow Analysis - Ef icient Data Flow
Algorithm.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, "Compilers:
Principles, Techniques and Tools", Second Edition, Pearson Education,
2009.
2. V. Raghavan, "Principles of Compiler Design", Tata McGraw Hill
Education Publishers, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Randy Allen, Ken Kennedy, “Optimizing Compilers for Modern
Architectures: A Dependence based Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, 2002.
2. Steven S. Muchnick, “Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation”,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers - Elsevier Science, India, Indian Reprint
2003
3. Keith D Cooper and Linda Torczon, “Engineering a Compiler”, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers Elsevier Science, 2004.

220
 Syllabus CCE
4. Allen I. Holub, “Compiler Design in C”, Prentice-Hall Software Series,
1993.
5. Charles N. Fischer, Richard. J. LeBlanc, “Crafting a Compiler with C”, 2008.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://www.holub.com/software/compiler.design.in.c.docs.pdf
2. http://www.cs.usfca.edu/~galles/compilerdesign/x86.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.javatpoint.com/compiler-tutorial

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to:
1. Explain the role of each phase of a compiler with its construction
tools.(K2)
2. Illustrate the role of a Lexical Analyzer for recognizing the tokens of a
given language with the knowledge of symbol table management and
error-handling (K3)
3. Construct parsers like top-down, bottom-up for a given grammar (K3)
4. Develop semantic analyzers for type-checking and intermediate code
generators to translate the source program into an intermediate code (K3)
5. Outline Runtime environment and a simple Code Generator using the
code generation Algorithm (K2)
6. Implement code optimizers to optimize the target code generated (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO2 3 2 - 1 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO4 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO6 1 - 3 - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 2

221
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20ITEL710 L T P C
SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basic principles of Service Oriented Architecture
l To learn the fundamentals of XML
l To implement API using XML, JSON and REST
l To study about web services technology elements of SOA

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO XML AND XML BASED APPICATIONS 9

XML Document Structure – Well Formed and Valid documents – Name Spaces –
DTD – XML Schema – X-Files - Parsing XML using DOM - SAX – XML
Transformation and XSL – XSL Formatting – Modeling Databases in XML.

UNIT II DESIGN OF API USING JSON AND REST 9

Introduction to JSON - REST- Comparison of XML , JSON and REST - HTTP
Methods using RESTful Services - REST Architectural Constraints - Richardson
Maturity Model - JSON and REST Based Service Provider and Requestor API
Examples.

UNIT III SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE 9

Characteristics of SOA - Comparing SOA with Client/Server and Distributed
Architectures – Bene its of SOA - Principles of Service Orientation – Service
Layers.

UNIT IV WEB SERVICES 9

Service Descriptions – WSDL – Messaging with SOAP – Service Discovery –
UDDI – Message Exchange Patterns – Orchestration – Choreography –WS
Transactions.

UNIT V BUILDING SOA - BASED APPLICATIONS 9

Service Oriented Analysis and Design – Service Modeling – Design Standards
and Guidelines - Composition – WS-BPEL – WS-Coordination – WS-Policy –
WS-Security – SOA support in J2EE.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ron Schmelzer et al. “ XML and Web Services”, Pearson Education,2002
2. Thomas Erl, “Service Oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and
Design”, Pearson Education, 2005.
222
 Syllabus CCE

REFERENCES:
1. Frank P.Coyle, “XML, Web Services and the Data Revolution”, Pearson
Education,2002.
2. Eric Newcomer, GregLomow, “Understanding SOA with Web Services”,
Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Sandeep Chatterjee and James Webber, “Developing Enterprise Web
Services: An Architect's Guide”, Prentice Hall, 20044.
4. James McGovern, Sameer Tyagi, Michael E.Stevens, Sunil Mathew, “Java
Web. Services Architecture”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,2003.
5. Thomas Erl,”Service-oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and
Design”,2016

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/service-oriented-arhitecture
2. https://restfulapi.net/json-schema/
3. https://www.w3schools.com/js/js_json_intro.asp

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/conten/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/
text/106105167/lec10.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Demonstrate the basic concepts of XML and XML based applications. (K3)
2. Construct the design of API using JSON & REST. (K3)
3. Discuss the basics concepts of SOA, its Principles and Bene its. (K2)
4. Interpret the Web services using technology elements. (K2)
5. Analyse the SOA based applications for intra-enterprise and inter-
enterprise applications. (K4)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 - 1 - - - - 1 - 1 1 1 2

CO2 3 3 - 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 2 1 2

CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

CO4 3 3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 2 1 2

223
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCEL706 ADVANCED WIRELESS L T P C
SDG NO.4 COMMUNICATION 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the latest concepts of wireless communication.
l To understand propagation models and its design parameters.
l To learn various modulation techniques and fading concepts
l To enable understanding of channel impairment mitigation using space
time block and Trellis codes
l To practice and implement possible techniques to improve the
performance of wireless systems.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction about wireless communication - technical challenges of wireless
communication- applications; Cellular architecture - frequency reuse -
channel assignment - handoff - coverage and capacity improvement; Multiple
access - FDMA/CDMA/TDMA/SDMA

UNIT II PROPAGATION PRINCIPLES 9

Propagation Principles: Propagation mechanisms - channel modeling
methods - radio channels- indoor channels - outdoor channels - fading
channels ; Mobile Radio Propagation : Large scale path loss – path loss and
propagation models - small scale fading - types of small scale fading-
parameters of mobile multipath channels - statistical models for multipath
fading channel.

UNIT III MODULATION AND DETECTION 9

Digital modulation: Structure of a wireless communication link - linear and
constant envelope modulation techniques for wireless communication - error
performance in fading channel; Transmission System; combined fast and slow
fading - Equalization - different detection techniques used in wireless
communication.

UNIT IV MIMO SYSTEMS 9

Types of MIMO Systems: Beam forming - spatial multiplexing - basic space
time code design principles- Alamouti scheme - orthogonal and quasi
orthogonal space time block codes- space time trellis codes - representation of
space - performance analysis for space-time trellis codes - comparison of
space-time block and trellis codes.
224
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES 9
Simulation of minimum of (2) modulation and multiple access techniques
for wireless communication using related simulation tools.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS :
1. Andreas Molisch F, “Wireless Communications”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd.,
2011.
2. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University
Press, 2005

REFERENCES:
1. David Tse and PramodViswanath, “Fundamentals of Wireless
Communication”, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
2. Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles and
Practice”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
3. Guillaume De La Roche, Andres Alayon Glazunov and Ben Allen, “LTE –
Advanced and Next Generation Wireless Networks: Channel Modelling
and Propagation”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2013
4. S.G. Glisic, “Advanced Wireless Communications”, 4G Technologies, Wiley,
2004
5. Michel DaoudYacoub, “Wireless Technology: Protocols, Standards, and
Techniques”, CRC Press, 2002.
6. Jafarkhani H, “Space-Time Coding: Theory & Practice”, Cambridge
University Press, 2005.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. http://ee.sharif.edu/~wireless.comm.net/references/Tse,%20Fund
amentals%20of%20Wireles s%20Communication.pdf
2. http://ee.sharif.edu/~pr.wireless.comm/references/Goldsmith.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://saravanyablog.files.wordpress.com/2017/04/andreas-f-
molisch-wireless-comm.pdf
2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2329/Wireless-Communication
3. https://videoken.com/search-results

225
 Syllabus CCE
OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
1 Discuss cellular system design and technical challenges. (K1)
2 Analyze the Mobile radio propagation, fading, path loss and the channel
modelling.(K3)
3 Evaluate the performance of digital modulation techniques over wireless
channels using software and hardware techniques. (K3)
4 Analyze the design parameters, link design, smart antenna, beam forming
and MIMO systems.(K3)
5 Suggest the possible techniques to improve the performance of wireless
systems using modern tools. (K2)
6 Describe the various Instructional Activities (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3

CO6 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3

226
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III

20CCEL707 L T P C
PRINCIPLES OF MULTIMEDIA
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide sound knowledge in scripting languages, user interface design,
and efficient program development
l To create exciting, compelling interactive user experiences.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Multimedia – Characteristics – Utilities – Creation -Uses –
Promotion – Digital Representation – Media and Data streams – Multimedia
Architecture – Multimedia Documents

UNIT II ELEMENTS OF MULTIMEDIA 9

Text: types – font - Unicode standard - text compression - file formats. – Image:
types - image processing – standards - specification - device independent color
models - gamma correction - file formats – Video :video signal transmission -
signal formats - broadcasting standards - digital video standards - PC video -
video file formats – Audio : acoustics - characteristics of sound - elements of
audio system – microphone – amplifier – loudspeaker - audio mixer - digital
audio - MIDI – Graphics – components of graphics system, co-ordinate system
– plotter - Intro to 2D & 3D Graphics -surface characteristics and texture - lights
– Animation :key frames & Tweening, techniques, principles of animation, 3D
animation, file formats.

UNIT III MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS 9

Visual Display Systems – CRT - video adapter card - video adapter cable – LCD –
PDP - optical storage media - CD technology - DVD Technology - Compression
Types and Techniques – CODEC - GIF coding standards - lossy and lossless –
JPEG - MPEG-1 - MPEG-2 - MP3 - Fractals – MMDBS

UNIT IV MULTIMEDIA TOOLS 9

Authoring tools – features and types - card and page based tools - icon and
object based tools - time based tools - cross platform authoring tools - Editing
tools - text editing and word processing tools - OCR software - painting and
drawing tools - 3D modeling and animation tools - image editing tools -sound
editing tools - digital movie tools – plug -ins and delivery vehicles for www

227
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT V MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 9
Software life cycle – ADDIE Model – conceptualization – content collection and
processing – story – flowline – script - storyboard - implementation -
multiplatform issues – authoring – metaphors – testing – report writing -
documentation - case study: -Web Application – Console Application –
Distributed Application – Mobile Application - games consoles – iTV – kiosks –
education
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Parekh R “Principles Of Multimedia” Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.
2. Ra l f S te i n m e t z , K l a ra N a h r s te d t , “ M u l t i m e d i a : C o m p u t i n g ,
Communications and Applications” Prentice Hall, 1995.

REFERENCES:
1. Tay Vaughan, “Multimedia: Making It Work” McGraw-Hill Professional,
2006
2. Deitel & Deitel “Internet & World Wide Web How to Program”, Fourth
Edition – Prentice Hall, 2008.

OUTCOME:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of multimedia characteristics, media and
data streams (K2)
2 Implement the concepts of multimedia architecture and multimedia
documents (K3)
3 Learn the concepts of text, image and video types (K2)
4 Analyze signal formats and digital video standards (K3)
5 Acquire the concepts of visual display systems such as CRT, LCD, and PDP
(K2)
6 Summarize the Various Multimedia application Development (K2

228
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 2 1 1 1 - - - - - 2 2 1

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - - 1 2 1

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 2 2

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 2 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 2 2

229
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV
20CCEL801 L T P C
HARDWARE SOFTWARE CODESIGN
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Transform software programs into cycle-based hardware descriptions.
l Partition and implement software programs into hardware and software
components and design interfaces to communicate between them.
l Explain the control-flow and data-flow of a software program and cycle
accurate hardware components.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO HARDWARE SOFTWARE CODESIGN 9

Levels of Abstraction, Driving factors incodesign. Data flow modeling and
implementation, Synchronous Data Flow Graphs,Scheduling of Data Flow,
dynamic and static schedule. Pipelining, multi-rate expansion.

UNIT II TRANSFORMATION OF SOFTWARE INTO HARDWARE 9

Data and control flow of programs,construction of control flow graph. Design
of data path and controller. Finite State Machinewith Data path, FSMD
modeling and implementation, Simulation and Synthesis of FSMD.

UNIT III DESIGN OF CUSTOM ARCHITECTURES 9

Programming in Gezel. FSMD examples in Gezel,Verilog, VHDL. Limitations of
Finite state machines, Microprogrammed architecturecontrol, encoding,
datapath. Microprogrammed Interpreters and pipelining. Picoblaze:
Acontemporary microprogram controller. Embedded Cores for Codesign:
Processors, RISCpipeline, Control, data and structural hazards.

UNIT IV PROGRAM ORGANIZATION 9

Data types, memory hierarchy, program layout, object code,compiled code.
Sys te m O n C h i p : D e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s o f S o C a rc h i te c t u re . D a t a
processing,Communications, Storage and Control of Heterogeneous and
Distributed systems. Interfacingfor Hardware Software Codesign: on-chip bus
systems, bus transfers, bus priority andlocking.

UNIT V SYNCHRONIZATION SCHEMES 9

semaphore, handshake, blocking and non-blocking datatransfer. Memory-
M a p p e d I n t e r fa c e s : Re g i s t e r, M a i l b ox , F I F O, S h a re d m e m o r y.
CoprocessorInterfacing: tight and loose coupling, Fast Simplex Link, Custom

230
 Syllabus CCE
instruction interfaces, ASIPDesign flow. Coprocessor design for Advanced
Encryption Standard (AES): functions ofcoprocessor, Data and Control design,
Programmers model, software design.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. Patrick Schaumont, “A Practical Introduction to Hardware/Software
Codesign", Springer, 2nd Edition, 2012.
2. D. D. Gajski, S. Abdi, A. Gerstlauer, G. Schirner, “Embedded System Design:
Modeling, Synthesis and Verification”, Springer, 2009.
3. P. Marwedel, “Embedded System Design: Embedded systems foundations
of CyberPhysical Systems, Springer, 2011.
4. Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, "Embedded System Design: A Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction", John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. G. De Micheli, R. Ernst, W. Wolf, "Readings in Hardware/Software
Codesign", Morgan Kaufman, 2002.
2. J. Staunstrup and Wayne Wolf, “Hardware/Software Co-design: Principles
and practice”, Springer, 1997.
3. Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded
Computing System Design, Elsevier Publication, 2nd Edition, 2008.

OUTCOMES
Upon completing the course, the student should be able to
1 Understand various models of computation for embedded systems (K2)
2 Understand the architectural selection, partitioning, scheduling and
communication for embedded systems( K2)
3 Apply the simulation, synthesis and verification for FPGA implementation
(K2)
4 Realize the retargetable code generation through hardware
implementation( K2)
5 Understand the Coprocessor Interfacing and ASIP Design flow( K2)
6 Understand the Concepts of various Synchronization Schemes (K2)

231
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3

CO6 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV
20CCEL802 FUZZY LOGIC AND L T P C
SDG NO.3,4,9 NEURAL NETWORKS 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To Impact knowledge on fuzzy logic and Artificial Neural Networks
l To Understand models of ANN
l To Use the fuzzy logic and neural network for application related to design
and manufacture

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO FUZZY LOGIC PRINCIPLES 9

Basic concepts of fuzzy set theory – operations of fuzzy sets – properties of
fuzzy sets – Crisp relations – Fuzzy relational equations – operations on fuzzy
relations – fuzzy systems – propositional logic – Inference – Predicate Logic –
Inference in predicate logic – fuzzy logic principles – fuzzy quantifiers – fuzzy
inference – fuzzy rule based systems – fuzzification and defuzzification –
types.

UNIT II ADVANCED FUZZY LOGIC APPLICATIONS 9

Fuzzy logic controllers – principles – review of control systems theory –
various industrial applications of FLC adaptive fuzzy systems – fuzzy decision
making – Multiobjective decision making – fuzzy classification – means
clustering – fuzzy pattern recognition – image processing applications –
syntactic recognition – fuzzy optimization.

232
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT III INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS 9
Fundamentals of neural networks – model of an artificial neuron – neural
network architectures – Learning methods – Taxonomy of Neural network
architectures – Standard back propagation algorithms – selection of various
parameters – variations Applications of back propagation algorithms.

UNIT IV OTHER ANN ARCHITECTURES 9

Associative memory–exponential BAM–Associative memory for real coded
pattern pairs–Applications adaptive resonance theory – introduction – ART 1
– ART2 – Applications – neural networks based on competition – Kohonen self
organizing maps – learning vector quantization – counter propagation
networks – applications.

UNIT V RECENT ADVANCES 9

Fundamentals of genetic algorithms – genetic modeling – hybrid systems –
integration of fuzzy logic, neural networks and genetic algorithms – non-
traditional optimization techniques like ant colony optimization – Particle
swarm optimization and artificial immune systems – applications in health
sector, design and manufacturing.

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rajasekaran. S.. Vijayalakshmi Pai. G.A. “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms”,Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, 2003
2. Timothy J.Ross, “Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications”, McGraw Hill,
2017 .
3. Zurada J.M. “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems”, Jaico publishing
house, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. Klir.G, Yuan B B “Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic Prentice Hall of India private
limited, 1997.
2. Laurene Fausett, “Fundamentals of Neural Networks”, Prentice hall, 1992

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in › nd1_noc20_ge09
2. https://www.slideshare.net/sajidqaxi/fuzzy-logic-and-neural-networks
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/127105006/

233
 Syllabus CCE
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://youtu.be/IZWTduVCrf8
2. https://www.slideshare.net/ehamzei/fuzzy-set

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1 Understand the principles behind Fuzzy logic and artificial neural
network.(K2)
2 Understand various fuzzy logic controllers, optimization techniques and
Genetic algorithm(K2)
3 Apply ANN models and Fuzzy logic principles to industrial application
(K3)
4 Apply optimization techniques in design and manufacturing field (K3)
5 Analyze the fuzzy logic techniques using image processing and pattern
recognition field (K3)
6 Describe the fundamentals of Genetic Algorithms (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 3 2 2 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 3 2 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV
20CSPC702 L T P C
MACHINE LEARNING TECHNIQUES
SDG NO.4,7 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the need for machine learning for various problem solving
l To study the various supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning algorithms in machine learning
l To understand the latest trends in machine learning
l To design appropriate machine learning algorithms for problem solving
234
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Learning Problems – Perspectives and Issues – Concept Learning – Version
Spaces and Candidate Eliminations – Inductive bias – Decision Tree learning –
Representation – Algorithm – Heuristic Space Search.

UNIT II NEURAL NETWORKS AND GENETIC ALGORITHMS 9

Neural Network Representation – Problems – Perceptrons – Multilayer
Networks and Back Propagation Algorithms – Advanced Topics – Genetic
Algorithms – Hypothesis Space Search – Genetic Programming – Models of
Evaluation and Learning.

UNIT III BAYESIAN AND COMPUTATIONAL LEARNING 9

Bayes Theorem – Concept Learning – Maximum Likelihood – Minimum
Description Length Principle – Bayes Optimal Classi ier – Gibbs Algorithm –
Naıv̈e Bayes Classi ier – Bayesian Belief Network – EM Algorithm – Probability
Learning – Sample Complexity – Finite and In inite Hypothesis Spaces –
Mistake Bound Model.

UNIT IV INSTANT BASED LEARNING 9

K - Nearest Neighbour Learning – Locally weighted Regression – Radial
Basis Functions – Case Based Learning.

UNIT V ADVANCED LEARNING 9

Learning Sets of Rules – Sequential Covering Algorithm – Learning Rule Set –
First Order Rules – Sets of First Order Rules – Induction on Inverted Deduction
– Inverting Resolution – Analytical Learning – Perfect Domain Theories –
Explanation Base Learning – FOCL Algorithm – Reinforcement Learning –
Task – Q-Learning – Temporal Difference Learning
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tom M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw-Hill Education (India)
Private Limited, 2017.
2. Marco Gori , “Machine Learning: A Constraint-Based Approach”, Morgan
Kaufmann. 2017

REFERENCES:
1. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning (Adaptive
Computation and Machine Learning)”, The MIT Press 2004.
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective”, CRC
Press, 2009

235
 Syllabus CCE

3. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, “Pattern Classi ication”,

Wiley, Second Edition.
4. Christopher Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”,
illustrated Edition, Springer, 2006.
5. Peter Flach, “Machine Learning: The Art and Science of Algorithms that
Make Sense of Data”, First Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://towardsdatascience.com/best-resources-for-ai-machine-
learning-data-science-d72625d4689d
2. https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/resources-machine-learning-deep-
learning-neural-networks/
3. https://www.ritchieng.com/machine-learning-resources/
4. https://www.guru99.com/machine-learning-tutorial.html

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Gain knowledge about basic concepts of Machine Learning and
differentiate between supervised, unsupervised, semi-supervised
machine learning approaches. (K2)
2. Discuss and apply the back propagation algorithm and genetic algorithms
to various problems. (K2)
3. Discuss the Decision Tree algorithm, identity and overcome the problem
of over itting and apply the Bayesian concepts to Machine Learning. (K2)
4. Solve the problems using various Machine Learning techniques and apply
instant based learning techniques. (K3)
5. Analyze and suggest appropriate Machine Learning approaches for
various types of problems. (K4)
6. Demonstrate various machine learning algorithms in a range of real-world
applications (K3)

236
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV
20ECEL803 L T P C
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Understand the basics of satellite orbits
l Understand the satellite segment and earth segment
l Analyze the various methods of satellite access
l Understand the applications of satellites
l Understand the basics of satellite Networks

UNIT I SATELLITE ORBITS 9

Kepler‟s Laws, Newton‟s law, orbital parameters, orbital perturbations,
station keeping, geo stationary and non Geo-stationary orbits – Look Angle
Determination- Limits of visibility – eclipse-Sub satellite point –Sun transit
outage-Launching Procedures - launch vehicles and propulsion.

UNIT II SPACE SEGMENT 9

Spacecraft Technology- Structure, Primary power, Attitude and Orbit control,
Thermal control and Propulsion, communication Payload and supporting
subsystems, Telemetry, Tracking and command-Transponders-The Antenna
Subsystem.

UNIT III SATELLITE LINK DESIGN 9

Basic link analysis, Interference analysis, Rain induced attenuation and
interference, Ionospheric characteristics, Link Design with and without

237
 Syllabus CCE
frequency reuse.

UNIT IV SATELLITE ACCESS AND CODING METHODS 9

Modulation and Multiplexing: Voice, Data, Video, Analog – digital transmission
system, Digital video Broadcast, multiple access: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, DAMA
Assignment Methods, compression – encryption, Coding Schemes.

UNIT V SATELLITE APPLICATIONS 9

INTELSAT Series, INSAT, VSAT, Mobile satellite services: GSM, GPS, INMARSAT,
LEO, MEO, Satellite Navigational System. GPS Position Location Principles,
Differential GPS, Direct Broadcast satellites (DBS/DTH).
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dennis Roddy, "Satellite Communication", 4th Edition, Mc Graw Hill
International, 2006.
2. Timothy, Pratt, Charles, W.Bostain, Jeremy E.Allnutt, "Satellite
Communication", 2nd Edition, Wiley Publications,2002

REFERENCES
1. Wilbur L.Pritchard, Hendri G. Suyderhoud, Robert A. Nelson, "Satellite
Communication Systems Engineering", Prentice Hall/Pearson, 2007.
2. N.Agarwal, "Design of Geosynchronous Space Craft", Prentice Hall, 1986.
3. Bruce R. Elbert, "The Satellite Communication Applications", Hand Book,
Artech House Bostan London, 1997.
4. Tri T. Ha, "Digital Satellite Communication", II nd edition, 1990.
5. Emanuel Fthenakis, "Manual of Satellite Communications", Mc Graw Hill
Book Co., 1984.
6. Robert G. Winch, "Telecommunication Trans Mission Systems", Mc Graw-
Hill Book Co., 1983.
7. Brian Ackroyd, "World Satellite Communication and earth station Design",
BSP professional Books, 1990.
8. G.B.Bleazard, "Introducing Satellite communications", NCC Publication,
1985.
9. M.Richharia, "Satellite Communication Systems-Design Principles",
Macmillan 2003.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1 Analyze the orbital mechanics (K2)
2 Classify different launch vehicles and describe the working of the space
238
 Syllabus CCE
segment subsystems. (K2)
3 Evaluate the satellite link budget and estimate the performance
impairments. (K2)
4 Understand different earth station parameters and its measures. (K2)
5 Illustrate the different applications of satellites. (K2)
6 Illustrate the concepts of Satellite access and coding methods (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV
20CCEL803 ETHICAL HACKING AND L T P C
SDG NO.4 DIGITAL FORENSICS 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn how illegal computer attacks are performed and how to
counteract them
l To explore the nature of digital evidence and to focus on the law issues
surrounding computer crime.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Definition of hacking: Hacking windows – Network hacking – Web hacking –
Password hacking. A study on various attacks – Input validation attacks –SQL
injection attacks – Buffer overflow attacks - Privacy attacks.

UNIT II NETWORK FORENSICS 9

TCP / IP – Check sums – IP Spoofing port scanning, DNS Spoofing.Dos attacks–
SYN attacks, Smurf attacks,UDP flooding, DDOS – Models. Firewalls – Packet
filter firewalls, Packet Inspection firewalls – Application Proxy Firewalls.

239
 Syllabus CCE
Batch File Programming.

UNIT III FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER FRAUD 9

Fundamentals of ComputerFraud:the use of computers in occupational
fraud,Asset Misappropriation CashSchemesSkimming,Cash larceny,
Fraudulent disbursements– Threat concepts – Framework for
predictinginsideattacks–Managingthethreat –Strategic Planning Process.

UNIT IV PREVENTION STRATAGIES 9

Architecture strategies for computer fraud prevention: Service oriented
architecture, distributed system architecture, client server architecture –
Protection of Web sites – Intrusion detection system: Active IDS, passive IDS –
NIDS, HIDS: comparison of NIDS AND HIDS – Penetrating testing process –
Web Services – Reducing transaction risks.

UNIT V FRAUD TAXONOMY 9

Key Fraud Indicator selection process customized taxonomies – Key fraud
signature selection process – Accounting Forensics – Computer Forensics –
Journaling andit requirements – Standardized logging criteria – Journal risk
and control matrix–Neural networks – Misuse detection and Novelty
detection.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kenneth C. Brancik “Insider Computer Fraud” Auerbach Publications
Taylor & Francis Group – 2008.

REFERENCES
1. Ankit Fadia “Ethical Hacking” second edition Macmillan India Ltd, 2006

OUTCOME:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to
1. Evaluate penetration testing and ethical hacking of computer systems (K3)
2 Understand the role of the entire penetration testing process (K2)
3 Analyze and mitigate threats to internal computer systems (K3)
4 Process and analyze computer forensic evidence (K2)
5 Analyze Asset Misappropriation and Fraudulent disbursements (K3)
6 Compare and contrast different Prevention Methods (K3)

240
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 2 - 1 - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2 - 1 - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 1 2 - 1 - - 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 2 3 2 - 1 - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 2 - 1 2 3 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 2 3 2 3 2 - 1 2 3 2 2 3 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20MGEL801 L T P C
SDG NO. 3,4,5,8,10, PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND VALUES
13,14,15,16 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l An understanding of their duties and responsibilities as professionals
through gaining knowledge of the philosophies of ethics, professional
practice, and world culture.
l Basic knowledge to make informed ethical decisions when confronted
with problems in the working environment.
l Improved awareness of potential ethical issues within an engineering
context.
l Team skills through working in teams on assignments and in-class
assignments.
l Subjective analytical skills through investigation and evaluation of
ethical problems in engineering settings using accepted tests for
moral problem solving.
l An understanding of how societal morals vary with culture and its
influence on ethical thought and action.
l Improved communications skills with regard to ethical and
professional issues in engineering.
l Know some of the classic cases as well as contemporary issues in
engineering ethics.

UNIT I HUMAN VALUES

Morals, Values, and Ethics – Integrity –Trustworthiness – Work Ethics –
Service-Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for others – Living Peacefully –

241
 Syllabus CCE
Caring – Sharing – Honesty –Courage – Value Time – Co-operation –
Commitment – Empathy – Self-confidence – Spirituality- Character.

UNIT II PRINCIPLES FOR HARMONY

Truthfulness – Customs and Traditions -Value Education – Human Dignity –
Human Rights – Fundamental Duties – Aspirations and Harmony (I, We &
Nature) – Gender Bias – Emotional Intelligence – Salovey – Mayer Model –
Emotional Competencies – Conscientiousness.

UNIT III ENGINEERING ETHICS AND SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION

History of Ethics – Need of Engineering Ethics – Senses of Engineering Ethics-
Profession and Professionalism ––Self Interest – Moral Autonomy –
Utilitarianism – Virtue Theory – Uses of Ethical Theories – Deontology- Types
of Inquiry –Kohlberg's Theory – Gilligan's Argument – Heinz's Dilemma –
Comparison with Standard Experiments –– Learning from the Past –
Engineers as Managers – Consultants and Leaders – Balanced Outlook on Law
– Role of Codes – Codes and Experimental Nature of Engineering.

UNIT IV ENGINEERS' RESPONSIBILITIES TOWARDS SAFETY AND RISK

The concept of Safety – Safety and Risk – Types of Risks – Voluntary
v/sInvoluntary Risk – Consequences – Risk Assessment –Accountability –
Liability – Reversible Effects – Threshold Levels of Risk – Delayed
v/sImmediate Risk – Safety and the Engineer – Designing for Safety – Risk-
Benefit Analysis-Accidents.

UNIT V ENGINEERS' DUTIES AND RIGHTS

Concept of Duty – Professional Duties – Collegiality – Techniques for Achieving
Collegiality – Senses of Loyalty – Consensus and Controversy – Professional
and Individual Rights – Confidential and Proprietary Information – Conflict of
Interest-Ethical egoism – Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality – Gifts and
Bribes – Problem solving-Occupational Crimes- Industrial Espionage- Price
Fixing-Whistle Blowing.

UNIT VI GLOBAL ISSUES

Globalization and MNCs –Cross Culture Issues – Business Ethics – Media Ethics
– Environmental Ethics – Endangering Lives – Bio Ethics – Computer Ethics –
War Ethics – Research Ethics -Intellectual Property Rights.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Ethics & Human Values by M.Govindarajan, S.Natarajan and
V.S.SenthilKumar-PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd – 2009

242
 Syllabus CCE
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ethical Choices in Business Response Books, Sekhar, R.C: 1997, New
Delhi,Sage Publications.
2. The Ethical Organisation, Kitson, Alan and Campebell, Robert: 1996.
Great Britain Macmillan Press Ltd.
3. Engineering Ethics, Pinkus, Rosa Lyun B., Larry J Shulman, Norman
Phummon, Harvey Wolfe:1997, New York, Cambridge Uty., Press
4. Professional Ethics by R. Subramaniam – Oxford Publications, New
Delhi.
5. Ethics in Engineering by Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger – Tata
McGraw-Hill – 2003.
6. Professional Ethics and Morals by Prof.A.R.Aryasri, Dharanikota
Suyodhana – Maruthi Publications.
7. Engineering Ethics by Harris, Pritchard, and Rabins, Cengage Learning,
New Delhi.
8. Human Values & Professional Ethics by S. B. Gogate, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., Noida.
9. Professional Ethics and Human Values by A. Alavudeen, R.Kalil Rahman
and M. Jayakumaran – University Science Press.
10. Professional Ethics and Human Values by Prof.D.R.Kiran-Tata McGraw-
Hill – 2013
11. Human Values And Professional Ethics by Jayshree Suresh and B. S.
Raghavan, S.Chand Publications

WEB RESOURCES
1 Ethos Education provides a concise guide on developing a code of ethics
for primary and secondary schools.
2 The Ethics Resource Center has a toolkit available for use. When used
for commercial purposes, a nominal license fee is required.
3 Creating A Code Of Ethics for Your Organization, with many suggested
books, by Chris MacDonald
4 The Deloitte Center for Corporate Governance offers a variety of
resources for those who are active in governance, including a variety of
resources and a set of suggested guidelines for writing a code of ethics
or a code of conduct.

MOOC REFERENCES:
1 https://www.udemy.com/course/worlplace-ethics-and-attitude/
2 https://www.udemy.com/course/business-ethics-how-to-create-an-
ethical-organization/

243
 Syllabus CCE
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105097/Ethics in
Engineering Practice
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104068/Human Values
5 https://www.coursera.org/learn/ethics-technology-engineering
6 https://www.classcentral.com/course/ethics-technology-engineering-
10485

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the corse, the students will be able to
1 Classify between ethical and non-ethical situations. (K2)
2 Discuss and practice moral judgment in conditions of dilemma. (K2)
3 Explain and relate the code of ethics to social experimentation and real
world scenarios. (K2)
4 Describe risk and safety measures in various engineering fields. (K2)
5 Explain the impact of engineering solutions in a global/societal /
professional context. (K2)

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3

244
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV
20CCEL804 L T P C
DATABASE TUNING
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the fundamentals of relational databases, algebra and
tuning.
l To learn the Normalization, denormalization, query optimization techn
iques, layouts, triggers and the methods of accessing multiple databases.
l To troubleshoot and analyze query access plan.
UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF TUNING 8
Review of Relational Databases – Relational Algebra - Locking and
Concurrency Control – Correctness Consideration – Lock Tuning – Logging
and the Recovery Subsystem – Principles of Recovery – Tuning the Recovery
Subsystem – Operating Systems Considerations – Hardware Tuning.

UNIT II INDEX TUNING 8

Types of Queries – Data Structures – B tree – B+ Tree - Hash Structures – Bit
Map Indexes – Clustering Indexes – Non Clustering Indexes – Composite
Indexes – Hot Tables – Comparison of Indexing and Hashing Techniques.

UNIT III QUERY OPTIMIZATION 10

Techniques - Tuning Relational Systems – Normalization – Tuning
Denormalization – Clustering Two Tables – Aggregate Maintenance – Record
Layout – Query Tuning – Triggers – Client Server Mechanisms – Objects,
Application Tools and Performance – Tuning the Application Interface – Bulk
Loading Data – Accessing Multiple Databases.

UNIT IV TROUBLESHOOTING 10
Query Plan Explainers – Performance Monitors – Event Monitors – Finding
“Suspicious” Queries – Analyzing a Query’s Access Plan – Profiling a Query
Execution – DBMS Subsystems.

UNIT V CASE STUDIES 9

Transaction Chopping – Time Series Databases – Understanding Access Plans
– Configuration Parameters: Oracle; SQL Server; DB2UDB – Distributed
Database - Implementation.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

245
 Syllabus CCE
REFERENCES
1. Dennis Shasha and Philippe Bonnet “Database Tuning, Principles,
Experiments, and Troubleshooting Techniques”, Elsevier Reprint 2005.
2. Thomas Connoly and Carlolyn Begg, “Database Systems, A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education 2003.
3. M.Tamer Ozsu, Patrick Valduriez and S.Sridhar “Principles of Distributed
Database Systems”, Pearson Education 2007.

OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to
1 Understand the concept of Relational Algebra (K2)
2 Denormalize Tuning to optimize multiple database access (K2)
3 Determine Types of Queries and Data Structures. (K2)
4 Analyze B tree, B+ Tree and Hash Structures (K3)
5 Discuss Tuning Relational Systems.(K2)
6 Compare and contrast Different Databases (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 3 2 2 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 3 2 2 3 3

246
 Syllabus CCE

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV
20CCEL805 ANDROID APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT L T P C
SDG NO.4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the essentials of mobile apps development,
l To aid in developing simple android applications
l To identify the essentials of android design, file settings
l To study about user interface design and develop android APIs.

UNIT I MOBILE AND INFORMATION ARCHITECTURE 9

Introduction to Mobile: A brief history of Mobile, The Mobile Eco system, Why
Mobile? Types of Mobile Applications.Mobile Design, Mobile 2.0, Mobile Web
development, Small Computing Device Requirements.

UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO ANDROID 9

History of Mobile Software Development, The Open Handset Alliance-Android
platform differences. The Android Platform, Android SDK, Eclipse Installation,
Android Installation, Building a Sample Android application.

UNIT III ANDROID APPLICATION DESIGN ESSENTIALS 9

Anatomy of an Android applications, Android terminologies, Application
Context, Activities, Services, Intents, Receiving and Broadcasting Intents.
Android Manifest File and its common settings, Using Intent Filter,
Permissions, Managing Application resources in a hierarchy, working with
different types of resources.

UNIT IV ANDROID USER INTERFACE DESIGN 9

Essentials User Interface Screen elements, Designing User Interfaces with
Layouts. Drawing and Working with Animation- Drawing on the screen
–Working with Text-Working with Bitmaps-Working with shapes-Working
with animation.

UNIT V: ANDROID APPLICATIONS 9

Using Common Android APIs Using Android Data and Storage APIs, Managing
data using SQLite, Sharing Data between Applications with Content
Providers.Using Android Networking APIs, Using Android Web APIs, Using
Android Telephony APIs, Deploying Android Application to the World.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
247
 Syllabus CCE
TEXT BOOKS:
1. James Keogh, “J2ME: The Complete Reference”, Tata McGrawHill.
2. Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder, “Android Wireless Application
Development”, Pearson Education, 2nd ed. (2011).

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Reto Meier, “Professional Android 2 Application Development”, Wiley
India Pvt Ltd.
2. Mark L Murphy, “Beginning Android”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd.
3. Barry Burd, “Android Application Development All in one” Edition: I, Wiley
India Pvt Ltd.

E-RESOURCES
1. http://onlinevideolecture.com/ebooks/?subject=Android-Development
2. https://developer.android.com/training/basics/firstapp/index.html
3. IEEE Transactions on Mobile Computing
4. International Journal of Interactive Mobile Technologies
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106147/

OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Classify different types of Platforms.(K2)
2 Appreciate the Mobility landscape (K2)
3 Familiarize with Mobile apps development aspects. (K2)
4 Design and develop mobile apps, using Android as development platform,
with key focus on user experience design, native data handling and
background tasks and notifications. (K3)
5 Perform testing, signing, packaging and distribution of mobile apps (K3)
6 Understand recent trends in Android.(K2)

248
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 - - - - - - - - -

CO2 - - 3 - 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 - - 3 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 - - - 2 - 1 - - - - - -

CO5 - - - - - - 1 - 3 - - 3 - -

CO6 2 1 2 2 - - - 2 - 1 - - - -

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20CSEL706 MULTI-CORE ARCHITECTURES L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 AND PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the need for Multi-core processors and their architectures
l To understand the challenges in Parallel and Multi-threaded programming
l To learn about the various Parallel Programming paradigms
l To develop Multi-core programs and design parallel solutions

UNIT I MULTI-CORE PROCESSORS 9

Single core to Multi-core Architectures - SIMD and MIMD Systems-
Interconnection Networks-Symmetric and Distributed Shared Memory
Architectures- Cache Coherence - Performance Issues - Parallel Program
Design.

UNIT II PARALLEL PROGRAM CHALLENGES 9

Performance - Scalability - Synchronization and Data Sharing – Data Races -
Synchronization Primitives (Mutexes, Locks, Semaphores, Barriers) -
Deadlocks and LiveLocks - Communication between Threads (Condition
Variables - Signals - Message Queues and Pipes).

UNIT III SHARED MEMORY PROGRAMMING WITH OpenMP 9

OpenMP Execution Model - Memory Model - OpenMP Directives - Work-
sharing Constructs - Library functions - Handling Data and Functional
Parallelism - Handling Loops - Performance Considerations

249
 Syllabus CCE
UNIT IV DISTRIBUTED MEMORY PROGRAMMING WITH MPI 9
MPI Program Execution - MPI Constructs - Libraries - MPI Send and Receive -
Point-to-Point and Collective Communication - MPI Derived Data Types -
Performance Evaluation.

UNIT V PARALLEL PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 9

Case studies - n-body Solvers - Tree Search - OpenMP and MPI
Implementations and Comparison.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Peter S. Pacheco, “An Introduction to Parallel Programming”, Morgan-
Kauffman/Elsevier, 2011.
2. Darryl Gove, “Multicore Application Programming for Windows, Linux,
and Oracle Solaris”, Pearson, 2011 (Unit 2).

REFERENCES:
1. Michael J Quinn, “Parallel programming in C with MPI and OpenMP”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Shameem Akhter and Jason Roberts, “Multi-core Programming”, Intel
Press, 2006.
3. Yan Solihin, “Fundamentals of Parallel Multicore Architecture” CRC press,
2015.
4. John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson, “ Computer Architecture – A
Quantitative Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann / Elsevier, 5th edition, 2012.
5. Richard Y. Kain, “Advanced Computer Architecture a Systems Design
Approach”, Prentice Hall, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs45/preview

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https:// youtube.be/FauseE2FtUsY
2. https://slideplayer.com/slide/7106313/&9784375

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Understand the basics of Multi-core Architectures. (K2)
2. Understand the challenges in Parallel and Multithreaded programming.
(K2)
250
 Syllabus CCE
3. Explain about the various Parallel Programming paradigms and
solutions.(K2)
4. Identify the issues in programming Parallel Processors.(K2)
5. Write programs using Open MP and MPI. (K3)
6. Compare and contrast programming for Serial Processors and
programming for Parallel Processors.(K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 - 1 2 - 1 3 1

CO2 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 - 1 2 - 1 3 1

CO3 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 1

CO4 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 1

CO5 2 2 1 2 2 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 1

CO6 2 2 - 1 2 1 - - 1 2 2 3 3 1

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20CSEL806 L T P C
COGNITIVE SCIENCE
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn about theories, methods and discoveries in cognitive science, the
historical context and the philosophical roots that allowed the rising of this
multidisciplinary ield of studies.
l To help students develop general scienti ic thinking and study skills that will
be an important requirement for all the master courses
l To help students understand cognitive science application to real world
artefacts.
l To help students to develop a critical approach to scienti ic research and
literature

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COGNITIVE SCIENCE, PSYCHOLOGY,

NERVOUS SYSTEM AND BRAIN 9
Introduction to the study of cognitive sciences. A brief history of cognitive
science. Methodological concerns in philosophy, arti icial intelligence and
251
 Syllabus CCE
psychology. Structure and constituents of the brain; Brief history of
neuroscience; Mathematical models; Looking at brain signals.

UNIT II BRAIN AND SENSORY MOTOR INFORMATION,

REPRESENTATION OF SENSORY INFORMATION FROM
SENSATION TO COGNITION AND ROOTS OF COGNITIVE
SCIENCE 9
Processing of sensory information in the brain; Neural Network Models;
Processing of sensory information in the brain; motor and sensory areas;
Brain Imaging, fMRI, MEG, PET, EEG, Multisensory integration in cortex;
information fusion; from sensation to cognition, cybernetics; From physics to
meaning; Analog vs. Digital: Code duality

UNIT III LANGUAGE AND EMBODIMENT 9

What is language?; Linguistic knowledge: Syntax, semantics, (and
pragmatics); Generative linguistics;Brain and language; Language disorders;
Lateralization; The great past tense debate. Cognitivist and emergent
standpoints; A robotic perspective

UNIT IV AFFORDANCE IN BIOLOGICAL AND ARTIFICIAL SYSTEM AND

COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT, ATTENTION 9
Affordances, direct perception, Ecological Psychology, affordance learning in
robotics, Development, child and robotic development, Attention and related
concepts; Human visual attention; Computational models of attention;
Applications of computational models of attention.

UNIT V LEARNING –MEMORY AND REASONING 9

Categories and concepts; Concept learning; Logic ; Machine learning,
Constructing memories; Explicit vs. implicit memory; Information processing
(three-boxes) model of memory; Sensory memory; Short term memory; Long
term memory, Rationality; Bounded rationality; Prospect theory ; Heuristics
and biases; Reasoning in computers
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gardner, The Mind’s New Science, Gardner, Howard E, “The mind's new
science: A history of the cognitive revolution”, Basic books, 2008.
2. José Luis Bermú dez, “Cognitive Science: An Introduction to the Science
of the Mind”, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2014.

252
 Syllabus CCE
REFERENCES:
1. Michael I Posner, “The Foundations of Cognitive Science”, MIT Press,
Prentice October 1993
2. José Luis Bermú dez, “Cognitive Science: An Introduction to the Science
of the Mind”, Cambridge University Press, August 2010.
3. Gilbert Ryle, “The Concept of Mind”, Cambridge University Press, 2003.
4. Pranjali Deshpande, Soudamini Patil, “Evolution of the Brain and
Intelligence”, Cambridge University Press, 2003.
5. Miller, Earl K., and Jonathan D. Cohen. “An Integrative Theory of
Prefrontal Cortex Function.” Annu Rev Neurosci 24 (2001): 167-202.
6. Bermudez Wallace, Mark T., and Barry E. Stein. "Sensory organization
of the superior colliculus in cat and monkey." Progress in brain research
112 (1996): 301-311.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_hs105/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_hs29/preview

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cognitive_science
2. https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/cognitive-science/
3. https://cognitivesciencesociety.org/
4. https://www.forcepoint.com/cyber-edu/cognitive-science

OUTCOMES:
On Successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Compare and contrast different philosophical views on the nature of
mind.(K3)
2. Apply basic Arti icial Intelligence techniques to solve some simple
problems.(K3)
3. Interpret indings from cognitive psychology and cognitive
neuroscience.(K3)
4. Discuss social, evolutionary, and other ecological aspects of
cognition.(K2)
5. Promote cognitive science.(K1)
6. Understand the concept of memory.(K1)

253
 Syllabus CCE
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 - 2 1 2 2 2

CO2 3 1 1 2 - 1 2 - 1 - 2 2 2 1

CO3 2 1 3 1 - 2 1 2 - 2 2 2 2 1

CO4 3 1 2 2 2 1 - 1 1 - 2 1 3 2

CO5 2 1 3 1 2 2 1 - 2 3 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 1 3 1 2 2 1 - 2 3 2 2 3 2

254
Imagine the Future and
Make it happen!

Together let’s build a better world where there is NO POVERTY and ZERO HUNGER.

We have GOOD HEALTH AND WELL BEING QUALITY EDUCATION and full GENDER EQUALITY everywhere.
There is CLEAN WATER AND SANITATION for everyone. AFFORDABLE AND CLEAN ENERGY
which will help to create DECENT WORK AND ECONOMIC GROWTH. Our prosperity shall be fuelled

by investments in INDUSTRY, INNOVATION AND INFRASTRUCTURE that will help us to

REDUCE INEQUALITIES by all means. We will live in SUSTAINABLE CITIES AND COMMUNITIES.
RESPONSIBLE CONSUMPTION AND PRODUCTION will help in healing our planet.

CLIMATE ACTION will reduce global warming and we will have abundant,

flourishing LIFE BELOW WATER , rich and diverse LIFE ON LAND.

We will enjoy PEACE AND JUSTICE through STRONG INSTITUTIONS

and will build long term PARTNERSHIPS FOR THE GOALS.

For the goals to be reached,

everyone needs to do their part:
Together we can...
governments, the private sector,
civil society and People like you.
S CEO - Sairam Institutions
We build a Better nation
through Quality education.

College Campus

Sri
Sai Leo Nagar, West Tambaram,

SAI RAM
Chennai - 600 044. Ph : 044-2251 2111

Administrative Office
“Sai Bhavan”, 31B, Madley Road, T.Nagar,
INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY Chennai - 600 017. Ph : 044-4226 7777
An Autonomous Institution
Afliated to Anna University & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi e-mail : sairam@sairamgroup.in
Accredited by NBA and NAAC “A+”
ISO 9001:2015 Certified and MHRD NIRF ranked institutions www.sairamgroup.in